Quarterlytics / Technology / Software - Application / Five9, Inc.

Five9, Inc.

fivn · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker fivn
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Software - Application
Employees 3073
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Five9, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

☒

☐

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019
OR 
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from             to             
Commission File Number: 001-36383

Five9, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

94-3394123
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

Title of each class
Common Stock, $0.001 par value

Bishop Ranch 8
4000 Executive Parkway, Suite 400
San Ramon, CA 94583
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)
(925) 201-2000
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Trading Symbol(s)
FIVN
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Name of each exchange on which registered
The NASDAQ Global Market

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes: x No: o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes: o No: x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the

preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90
days.  Yes: x   No: o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T

(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes: x   No: o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging
growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange
Act.

Large Accelerated Filer

Non-accelerated filer

x

o

(Do not check if a smaller reporting Company)

Accelerated Filer

Smaller Reporting Company

Emerging growth company

o

☐

☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised

financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes: ☐   No: x
The aggregate market value of registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant based upon the closing sale price on the NASDAQ Global Market

on June 28, 2019, the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $2,468.4 million. Shares held by each executive
officer, director and their affiliated holders and by each other person (if any) who owns 10% of the outstanding common stock or more have been excluded in that such persons
may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

As of February 21, 2020, there were 61,583,496 shares of the Registrant’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, outstanding.

Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2020 Annual Stockholders’ Meeting, which the registrant expects to file with the Securities and Exchange

Commission within 120 days of December 31, 2019, are incorporated by reference into Part III (Items 10, 11,12, 13 and 14) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

FIVE9, INC.

FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 1. Business

ITEM 1A. Risk Factors

ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

ITEM 2. Properties

ITEM 3. Legal Proceedings

ITEM 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

PART I

PART II

ITEM 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data

ITEM 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Overview

Key Operating and Financial Performance Metrics

Key Components of Our Results of Operations

Results of Operations For the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

Contractual Obligations

ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

ITEM 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

ITEM 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures

ITEM 9B. Other Information

ITEM 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

ITEM 11. Executive Compensation

PART III

ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

ITEM 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

ITEM 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

ITEM 16. Form 10–K Summary
Signatures

PART IV

1

2

4

19

48

48

48

48

49

51

52

52

53

55

56

58

60

61

61

63

65

103

103

104

105

105

105

105

105

106

108

109

Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section

21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which involve substantial risks and uncertainties. These statements reflect the current views of our senior
management with respect to future events and our financial performance. These forward-looking statements include statements with respect to our business,
expenses, strategies, losses, growth plans, product and client initiatives, market growth projections, and our industry. Statements that include the words
“expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “project,” “forecast,” “estimate,” “may,” “should,” “anticipate” and similar statements of a future or forward-looking
nature identify forward-looking statements for purposes of the federal securities laws or otherwise.

Forward-looking statements address matters that involve risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, there are or will be important factors that could cause

our actual results to differ materially from those indicated in these statements. These factors include the information set forth under the caption “Risk Factors”
and elsewhere in this report, and include the following:

•

•

•

•
•

•

our quarterly and annual results may fluctuate significantly, including as a result of the timing and success of new product and feature introductions
by us, may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business and may result in decreases in the price of our common stock;
if we are unable to attract new clients or sell additional services and functionality to our existing clients, our revenue and revenue growth will be
harmed;
our recent rapid growth may not be indicative of our future growth, and even if we continue to grow rapidly, we may fail to manage our growth
effectively;
failure to adequately retain and expand our sales force will impede our growth;
if we fail to manage our technical operations infrastructure, our existing clients may experience service outages, our new clients may experience
delays in the deployment of our solution and we could be subject to, among other things, claims for credits or damages;
our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties and our failure to successfully maintain, grow and manage
these relationships could harm our business;

• we have established, and are continuing to increase, our network of master agents and resellers to sell our solution; our failure to effectively develop,

•
•

•

•

manage, and maintain this network could materially harm our revenues;
adverse economic conditions may harm our business;
security breaches and improper access to or disclosure of our data or our clients’ data, or other cyber attacks on our systems, could result in litigation
and regulatory risk, harm our reputation and our business;
the markets in which we participate involve numerous competitors and are highly competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating
results could be harmed;
if our existing clients terminate their subscriptions or reduce their subscriptions and related usage, our revenues and gross margins will be harmed
and we will be required to spend more money to grow our client base;

• we sell our solution to larger organizations that require longer sales and implementation cycles and often demand more configuration and integration
services or customized features and functions that we may not offer, any of which could delay or prevent these sales and harm our growth rates,
business and operating results;
because a significant percentage of our revenue is derived from existing clients, downturns or upturns in new sales will not be immediately reflected
in our operating results and may be difficult to discern;

•

• we rely on third-party telecommunications and internet service providers to provide our clients and their customers with telecommunication services
and connectivity to our cloud contact center software and any failure by these service providers to provide reliable services could cause us to lose
clients and subject us to claims for credits or damages, among other things;

• we have a history of losses and we may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability;
•

the contact center software solutions market is subject to rapid technological change, and we must develop and sell incremental and new products in
order to maintain and grow our business;

• we may not be able to secure additional financing on favorable terms, or at all, to meet our future capital needs;

2

Table of Contents

• we may acquire other companies or technologies or be the target of strategic transactions, which could divert our management’s attention, result in

additional dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and harm our operating results;
failure to comply with laws and regulations could harm our business and our reputation; and

•
• we may not have sufficient cash to service our convertible senior notes and repay such notes, if required.

The foregoing factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read together with the other cautionary statements included in this report. If
one or more of these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, our actual results may differ materially
from what we anticipate. You should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statements you read in this report
reflect our views only as of the date of this report with respect to future events and are subject to these and other risks, uncertainties and assumptions relating
to our operations, results of operations, growth strategy and liquidity. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this
report to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this report or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required
by law.

3

Table of Contents

ITEM 1. Business

Overview

PART I

Five9 is a pioneer and leading provider of intelligent cloud software for contact centers. We were “born in the cloud,” and since our inception, we have

exclusively focused on delivering our platform in the cloud and are disrupting a significantly large market by replacing legacy on-premise contact center
systems. Contact centers are vital hubs of interaction between organizations and their customers and, therefore, are essential to delivering successful customer
service, sales and marketing strategies. Our mission is to empower organizations to transform their contact centers into customer engagement centers of
excellence, while improving business agility and significantly lowering the cost and complexity of their contact center operations. Our purpose-built, highly
scalable and secure Virtual Contact Center, or VCC, cloud platform delivers a comprehensive suite of easy-to-use applications that enable the breadth of
contact center-related customer service, sales and marketing functions. We have become an established leader in the cloud contact center market, facilitating
more than six billion call minutes between our more than 2,000 clients and their customers per year. We believe our ability to combine software and telephony
into a single unified platform that is delivered in the cloud creates a significant advantage.

We believe adoption of cloud contact center software solutions is increasing rapidly as a result of several distinct trends. The increasing adoption of

cloud computing, especially within customer relationship management, or CRM, is creating strong demand for integrated cloud contact center software
solutions. In addition, cloud contact center software solutions now offer the functionality required by large, complex enterprise contact centers. Furthermore,
we believe organizations typically refresh their on-premise contact center systems every eight to 10 years, which provides an opportunity for cloud solutions
to replace legacy on-premise contact center systems when these replacement decisions arise. On-premise systems require large up-front investments, long
deployment cycles and are burdensome to maintain. These systems are also often inflexible, complex, and require significant duplication of effort and
integration across multiple sites. This creates substantial challenges for clients with on-premise contact center systems to implement new features or upgrades,
or to integrate with adjacent cloud solutions. As a result, cloud contact center software solutions are replacing legacy on-premise contact center systems.

Our solution, which is comprised of our VCC cloud platform and applications, allows simultaneous management and optimization of customer
interactions across voice, chat, email, web, social media and mobile channels, either directly or through our application programming interfaces, or APIs. Our
VCC cloud platform matches each customer interaction with an appropriate agent resource and delivers relevant customer data to the agent in real-time
through integrations with adjacent enterprise applications, such as CRM software, to optimize the customer experience and improve agent productivity. Our
solution ensures our clients always have the latest version of our software. Delivered on-demand, our solution enables our clients to quickly deploy agent
seats in any geographic location with only a computer, headset and broadband internet connection, and rapidly adjust the number of contact center agent seats
in response to changing business requirements. Unlike legacy on-premise contact center systems, our solution requires minimal up-front investment, can be
rapidly deployed and is maintained by us in the cloud.

Our sales model consists of a field sales team that sells our solution into larger opportunities and a telesales team that sells our solution into smaller

opportunities. We have developed a proven, high velocity, metrics-driven sales and marketing strategy, which is designed to effectively identify, qualify and
close sales opportunities. To complement this go-to-market strategy, we have developed a large ecosystem of technology and system integrator partners and
independent software vendors to help increase awareness of our solution in the market and drive additional sales opportunities with new and existing clients.
We have also established, and are continuing to increase, our network of master sales agents, which provide sales leads and resellers that sell our solution to
new clients. This network has helped us attract additional clients. Our resellers have assisted us in expanding in both domestic and international markets.

We provide our solution through a software-as-a-service, or SaaS, business model with recurring subscriptions based primarily on the number of agent

seats and minutes of usage, as well as the specific functionalities and applications our clients deploy.

We have achieved significant growth in recent periods. For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, our revenues were $328.0 million,
$257.7 million and $200.2 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 27% and 29%, respectively. We incurred net losses of $4.6 million,
$0.2 million and $9.0 million for

4

Table of Contents

the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, as a result of increased investment in our growth. As of December 31, 2019, 2018 and
2017, our total assets were $482.4 million, $394.7 million and $128.2 million, respectively. Our recurring revenue model combined with our Annual Dollar-
Based Retention Rate, which was 105% as of December 31, 2019, have enhanced our ability to forecast our financial performance and plan future
investments. For a description of how our Annual Dollar-Based Retention Rate is calculated, please refer to ITEM 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We operate in a single reportable segment. Please refer to the geographical information for each of the last three years in Note 11 of the notes to our
consolidated financial statements. Please refer to the discussion of risks related to our foreign operations in the section entitled “ITEM 1A. Risk Factors.”

Industry Overview

Contact centers must evolve in today’s rapidly changing technology environment

Contact centers are vital hubs of interaction between organizations and their customers and are mission critical to the successful execution of customer
service, sales and marketing strategies. Both consumer and enterprise technology trends are driving an evolution in contact center strategies. Today, customers
increasingly expect seamless communications across multiple channels, including voice, chat, email, web, social media and mobile, thereby increasing the
number of touch points between organizations and their customers. Along with these additional channels, customers expect personalized interactions to
enhance overall customer service. Delivering customer interactions to an appropriate agent resource, while delivering relevant customer data to the agent in
real-time, is crucial in providing effective customer service.

As the needs of organizations and their customers have become more sophisticated, so have the demands for contact centers. Striving for greater

efficiency in meeting demand, the use of remote agents and geographically dispersed contact centers has proliferated. To increase capacity and undertake
upgrades, on-premise contact centers must unify geographically dispersed agents and hardware, which requires building out teams and facilities to forecasted
future capacity and is a long-term undertaking. In order to meet these changing demands, contact centers must upgrade their existing on-premise contact
center systems or migrate their contact center operations to the cloud.

Legacy on-premise contact center systems are inefficient

The majority of contact center operations today rely on legacy on-premise contact center systems that include business workflows, as well as hardware

and software architectures designed more than a decade ago. Legacy on-premise contact center systems are typically developed for location-specific
deployments and are often costly, inflexible, complex and require significant duplication of effort and integration across multiple sites. Key shortcomings of
these legacy systems include:

• Long and complex implementation and upgrade cycles. Implementation of legacy on-premise contact center systems requires long deployment

timelines and complex integrations with other enterprise systems. Once these systems have been deployed, integrated and customized, upgrades and
modifications can be extremely challenging. Due to these customized solutions and complex integrations, clients will often forego or postpone
upgrades for fear of disabling key functionality. If they do choose to upgrade, clients are often required to rebuild integrations in order to retain full
functionality, which frequently results in significant expenditures of time, resources and capital.

•

Inflexible resource deployment. As organizations expand globally, they require the ability to easily manage remote agents and quickly adjust agent
seats to accommodate peak call volumes. Most legacy on-premise contact center systems do not provide these capabilities and, as a result, their clients
are typically unable to quickly scale their contact center operations in response to changing business needs. This often results in costly over-building
of additional capacity to accommodate peak volumes.

• Duplicative technology stacks across multiple sites. Organizations must integrate multiple contact center sites to drive efficiency and create a unified
customer view. Organizations running on-premise systems often find themselves with dissimilar systems at each site resulting in non-integrated and
inefficient silos of technology. Moreover, technology at each site is in a constant state of change over time. The initial and ongoing integration of
these contact center sites for such organizations requires significant ongoing investment.

5

Table of Contents

Our Opportunity

We believe the market for contact center solutions is undergoing a significant shift to the cloud driven primarily by:

•

•

•

•

adoption of cloud CRM solutions;

sophistication of cloud contact center software solutions;

technology refresh of on-premise contact center systems; and

simplicity of the cloud vs. complexity of legacy on-premise.

Adoption of cloud CRM solutions has grown as organizations seek to enhance their sales strategies, increase business agility and reduce costs. CRM

solutions typically integrate deeply with contact center solutions to provide agents with real-time access to customer information. The shift to cloud CRM and
ease of integration are creating significant demand for integrated cloud contact center software solutions. As the market opportunity has expanded, cloud
contact center software solutions have evolved to meet the requirements of large, complex enterprise contact centers. We believe organizations have typically
refreshed their on-premise contact center systems every eight to 10 years. Given the prevalence of cloud CRM and the capabilities of cloud-based contact
centers, cloud solutions are increasingly considered as a replacement alternative to legacy on-premise contact center systems during these refresh decisions.

Our Solution

We deliver a comprehensive, end-to-end cloud software solution for contact centers. Our solution enables organizations of all sizes to enhance
customer experience through voice as well as digital engagement channels, improve customer service, retain loyal customers, proactively learn about their
needs rather than be reactive only when they call with an issue, increase sales performance and improve the efficiency and cost of their operations. Our
solution is designed to enable our customers to comprehensively and seamlessly engage through voice, video, website, mobile, chat, email, click-to-call,
callback, social and messaging. Our agent interface is an intuitive modern browser-based design that provides easy visualization of customer profile, context
and cross channel history. This solution is built on a modern SaaS architecture, leveraging both our own data centers and the public cloud for certain
international voice services. Our Freedom platform provides a modern micro services-based open enterprise architecture built with representational state
transfer, or REST, APIs and powerful software development kits, or SDKs, that enables customers, partners and developers to deliver powerful solutions that
bridge the context gap between their unique systems. We provide high voice quality at low costs with our Agent Connect service and our call-by-call carrier
optimization routing. With our Artificial Intelligence, or AI, enablement layer, combined with our robust Natural Language Processing, or NLP, we can
determine customer sentiment, reason for contact and recommend the next best action, augmenting their agents capabilities and thereby enabling enterprises
to transform their customers’ experience from reactive interactions into trusted, proactive engagements. Our complete end-to-end capabilities include
computer-telephony integration, or CTI, interactive voice response, or IVR, visual IVR, automatic contact distribution, or ACD, with skills-based routing,
reporting, dashboards, agent and supervisor desktop, dialer, mobile applications for contact center and customer, pre-built CRM integrations, quality
management, speech and desktop analytics, customer surveys and workforce management. Through our acquisition of substantially all of the assets of
Whendu LLC, or Whendu, we now provide a “no-code, visual application layer” that allows enterprises to carry forward their custom workflows and
accelerates the adoption of the cloud from on-premise contact center systems.

Our cloud contact center solution, which we refer to as our solution, provides the following key elements:

• Rapid implementation, seamless updates and pre-built integrations. Our solution is designed to be deployed quickly and seamlessly with minimal

disruption to a client’s operations. The pre-built integrations with leading CRM and other enterprise applications reduce the complexity and burden-
of-effort of integrating with the client’s business applications. Our solution is designed to be seamlessly updated so that clients are always operating
on the latest version of the software, while maintaining their existing configurations, ensuring minimal disruption to the client’s contact center
operations.

• Highly flexible platform. Our solution provides easy administration, configuration and role-based functionalities for agents, supervisors and

administrators enabling the rapid adjustment of contact center resources to meet a changing mix of contact channels and peaks-and-troughs in contact
volumes.

6

Table of Contents

• Scalable, secure and reliable multi-tenant architecture. Our solution provides organizations of all sizes with the robust contact center functionality,

scalability, flexibility and security required in the most sophisticated and distributed environments.

Our solution provides the following key benefits to clients:

• Higher agent productivity. Our solution empowers agent productivity and effectiveness by allowing agents to handle both inbound and outbound calls
and interact with customers across multiple digital engagement channels, including voice, chat, email, web, social media and mobile. Our solution
gives agents the ability to switch between media channels through an easy-to-use, unified interface that provides agents with all of the relevant
content and tools needed to complete the task at hand.

•

Improved customer experience. Our intelligent contact routing and self-service IVR capabilities, pre-built CRM integrations, and multichannel
engagement ensure that customers receive an omnichannel experience. Each new contact is quickly routed to an appropriate agent resource. Using the
rich contact history and additional context through integrations with CRM applications, agents have immediate access to the most current, relevant
and accurate information about the customer, resulting in increased first contact resolutions and a more satisfying experience for the customer.

• Enhanced end-to-end visibility. Our solution provides clients’ operations staff, quality team and leadership with a complete view of contact center

performance through a comprehensive set of historical reports, real-time dashboards, and quality and performance management tools. Clients can also
extract reporting data from our solution for further analysis using a spreadsheet application or using the sophistication of an enterprise business
intelligence application. This insight provides an organization-wide view of customer engagement performance and allows clients to quickly
determine the appropriate actions required to address changing circumstances.

• Greater operational efficiency. Our solution provides contact center managers and supervisors with significant visibility into their agents’ productivity

and effectiveness and the performance of their inbound queues and outbound campaigns. Our solution has robust intelligence and analytics
capabilities to help supervisors optimize operations and campaigns in real-time to drive increased efficiency. Our role-based interfaces deliver specific
functionality to both desktops and mobile devices to meet the unique needs of agents, supervisors and administrators.

• Compelling value proposition. We provide a unified cloud-based software and telephony platform for contact center operations, including software

applications, technology infrastructure, maintenance, monitoring, storage, security, client support and upgrades, which enables our clients to simplify
their technology infrastructure and streamline IT costs. We manage upgrades and deployments remotely, resulting in lower total cost of operations
relative to legacy on-premise contact center systems that often require in-house technical support staff.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that our position as a leading provider of cloud contact center software results from several key competitive strengths, including:

• Cloud-based, enterprise-grade platform and end-to-end application suite. We deliver a cloud-based enterprise-grade platform and applications suite
with multi-channel capabilities that allows our clients to manage their entire contact center operation. Our highly scalable, secure and multi-tenant
architecture enables us to serve large, distributed enterprises with complex contact center requirements, as well as smaller organizations, all from a
single cloud platform.

• Rapid deployment and support of our comprehensive solution. Our high-touch engagement model for larger implementations leverages a proven

lifecycle approach including detailed discovery, design, testing, training and optimization. This not only accelerates agent activation, but also targets
desired business outcomes. Through the use of tools and processes that have been refined over thousands of customers, we can also efficiently meet
the needs of our smaller clients. We offer flexibility and integrate with a number of leading CRM vendors, including: salesforce.com, Inc., or
Salesforce, Oracle Corporation, or Oracle, Zendesk, Inc., or Zendesk, Microsoft Corporation, or Microsoft, ServiceNow, Inc., or ServiceNow, and
others. Once operational, we offer a high touch premium support service where we assign a technical account manager who has intimate knowledge
of the customers’ operations so we can quickly resolve issues

7

Table of Contents

and fine tune the solution. As a result, our clients’ contact centers become fully operational faster and they recognize time to value more quickly than
with legacy on-premise contact center systems. Following our acquisition of Whendu, we now are able to combine these comprehensive integrations
with over 50 out-of-the-box application adapters that allow our customers to build workflow integrations easily without the need for dedicated
developers.

• Reliable, secure, compliant and scalable platform. Our platform delivers what we believe is industry leading reliability utilizing public and private
cloud technology; cybersecurity using a defense-in-depth approach; scalability to accommodate the requirements of larger clients; and legal and
regulatory compliance features designed to assist our clients in complying with applicable laws, regulations and industry standards including
Telephone Consumer Protection Act, or TCPA, Customer Proprietary Network Information, or CPNI, Health Insurance Portability and Accountability
Act of 1996, Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act, or CALEA, Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, various privacy laws including the
California Consumer Privacy Act, or CCPA, EU’s General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, Canada’s Personal Information Protection and
Electronic Documents Act, or PIPEDA, and analogous provincial laws, and the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, or PCI DSS.

• Proven, repeatable and scalable go-to-market model. We engage with our clients through a highly scalable and metrics-driven sales and marketing
organization that effectively identifies, qualifies and closes sales opportunities. The deep domain expertise of our field sales team is instrumental in
selling to larger opportunities, and our highly efficient telesales model enables us to cost-effectively identify, qualify and close a high volume of
smaller opportunities. Our ecosystem of technology and system integrator partners increases awareness of our solution and helps generate new sales
opportunities. We believe our go-to-market model gives us an efficient and effective means of targeting organizations of all sizes.

• Established market presence and a large, diverse client base. We have a large, diverse client base of over 2,000 organizations across multiple

industries. We believe our clients view us as a key strategic solutions provider. The performance, reliability, ease-of-use and comprehensive nature of
our solution has resulted in high client retention.

• Extensive partner ecosystem. We have cultivated a robust ecosystem of partners including a variety of leading CRM software vendors such as
Salesforce, Oracle, Zendesk, Microsoft and ServiceNow; Workforce Optimization, or WFO, vendors such as Calabrio, Inc., or Calabrio, Verint
Systems Inc., or Verint, and Coordinated Systems, Inc., or CSI (rebranded as Virtual Observer); unified communications vendors such as Microsoft
Teams (formerly Skype for Business), Fuze, Zoom Video Communications; system integrators such as Accenture PLC, Deloitte Consulting LLP and
PwC LLP; master agents and value-added resellers; independent software vendors; and telephony providers such as AT&T Inc., Verizon
Communications Inc. and CenturyLink Communications, LLC. We believe this ecosystem has enabled us to increase our brand awareness and
enhance the functionality and value of our solution for our clients.

• Focus on innovation and thought leadership. Since our inception, we have been an innovator of intelligent cloud contact center software. Our

investment in research and development has driven our growth and enabled us to deliver a cloud contact center software solution with the features and
functionality to power the most complex contact centers. Our extensive domain expertise enables us to enhance our solution and serves as a critical
competitive differentiator. We strive to be a thought leader in our industry, identifying and developing cloud capabilities to transform traditional
contact center operations into customer engagement centers of excellence. One of the newest transformational technologies is AI, which relies on vast
volumes of data. Contact centers are a rich source of this data, from call detail records to full recordings of calls and customer interactions. With
recent advances in automatic speech recognition, voice recordings have the potential to quickly become a source for training machine-learning
models. We believe that AI is likely to have a profound impact in how businesses deliver service to their customers.

Our Growth Strategy

Our objective is to strengthen our position as a leader in cloud contact center software. To accomplish this goal, we are pursuing the following growth

strategies:

• Capture increased market share. We believe that the adoption of cloud contact center software solutions is increasingly driven by mainstream

adoption of cloud computing, especially within CRM and unified communications, as well as the increasing capabilities of these solutions. With
organizations refreshing their

8

Table of Contents

on-premise contact center systems every eight to 10 years, cloud solutions have an opportunity to replace legacy on-premise contact center systems at
the time a replacement decision is made. We believe there is a substantial opportunity for us to win new clients and increase our market share given
the strength and client benefits of our cloud solution. We intend to continue to invest aggressively in our sales force and marketing capabilities to win
new clients.

• Continue to increase sales in our existing client base. Many of our clients initially deploy our solution to support only a portion of their contact center
agents. We intend to increase the number of agents using our solution within our existing clients as they experience the benefits of our cloud solution.
We also intend to sell our existing clients incremental applications to increase our revenue and the value of our existing client relationships.

• Maintain our innovation leadership by strengthening and extending our solution. We have an innovative platform that has enabled us to establish a
leadership position in the cloud contact center software market. To preserve and expand our leadership position, we intend to continue to make
significant investments in research and development to strengthen our existing solution and develop additional industry-leading contact center
features and applications. Facilitated by our AI-enablement layer, we plan to provide our customers with innovative AI-powered applications and use-
cases, including conversational virtual agents, agent assistance, business insights and AI-powered routing. We are designing our AI products to
improve customer experiences and operational effectiveness while potentially realizing significant cost savings for our clients.

•

 Access to Data. As AI becomes increasingly important in the contact center market, access to data will become a key differentiator among vendors.
Leading vendors processing a high number of customer interactions will have more data that can be applied to necessary training of machine learning
algorithms, which creates a positive reinforcement cycle that we believe will enable customer contact solutions to be more effective.

• Further develop our partner ecosystem. We have established strong partner relationships with organizations in the contact center ecosystem to further

enhance the value of our VCC cloud platform. We intend to continue to cultivate new relationships with additional CRM, WFO and unified
communications partners as well as system integrators, master agents, resellers, PBX providers, phone systems vendors, independent software
vendors and telephony providers to enhance the value of our solution and drive sales.

• Expand internationally. To date, our primary focus has been on the U.S. market, which represented 92%, 93% and 94% of our revenue in 2019, 2018
and 2017, respectively, based on bill to addresses. We believe there is a significant opportunity for our cloud solution to disrupt incumbent legacy on-
premise contact center systems internationally. We plan to increase our sales capabilities internationally by expanding our direct sales force and
working with channel partners to target these markets and grow our international client base. We have co-location data center facilities in Europe to
provide clients in certain countries of the European Union, or EU, with regional access to our cloud contact center solution to better serve local needs.

• Selectively pursue acquisitions. In addition to organically developing and strengthening our solution, we intend to continue to selectively explore

acquisition opportunities of companies and technologies to expand the functionality of our solution, provide access to new clients or markets, or both.
We completed acquisition of Whendu in the fourth quarter of 2019 and expect to close acquisition of CSI in the second quarter of 2020.

Our Virtual Contact Center Cloud Platform and Applications

Our cloud contact center software solution consists of our highly scalable VCC cloud platform that delivers a comprehensive suite of easy-to-use,
secure applications to cover the breadth of contact center-related customer service, sales and marketing functions. Our VCC cloud platform acts as the hub for
digital engagement channels between our clients and their customers. This enables clients to fully manage the end-to-end customer experience in a single
unified architecture. Our solution enables our clients to manage customer interactions across multiple channels including voice, chat, email, web, video, social
media and mobile and connects them to the most appropriate agent. Whether the resource is an internal contact center agent, an outsourcer, an agent working
from home, a knowledge worker or self-service, our solution enables our clients to deliver a highly effective customer experience.

9

Table of Contents

Our solution is built using a multi-tenant architecture and delivered in the cloud. The following diagram illustrates our “API-First” Architecture as well

as the VCC cloud platform and comprehensive suite of applications used by agents, supervisors and administrators. In addition, we provide a robust set of
management applications including workforce management, reporting, quality management and supervisor tools.

Overall View of Five9 Platform and Customer and Agent Facing Components that Connect With It

Inbound Contact Center: Our VCC cloud platform provides organizations of all sizes with everything they need to handle their inbound customer

engagement. This includes the ability to take voice calls, respond to chats and emails, and engage with a wide range of social media sources. Our platform
includes a full-featured IVR system that allows our clients to provide a self-service capability and to automatically determine the customer intent and identify
the type of resource to best handle the customer inquiry. At the center of our VCC cloud platform is the ACD module, which provides intelligent routing of
customer interactions. This enables clients to classify and prioritize customer interactions and ensure that the interactions are delivered to the most appropriate
resource to provide the best customer experience and maximize business results.

Through CTI capabilities, out-of-the-box integrations with CRM solutions (such as Salesforce, Oracle, Zendesk, Microsoft and ServiceNow), and easy

to use open APIs, clients can provide a personalized customer experience by prioritizing important customers and delivering customer information to the
agent handling the interaction. This promotes quick first contact resolution, which is a key factor in delivering a superior customer experience.

Outbound Contact Center: Our Outbound Contact Center application enables our clients to improve the efficiency and productivity of outbound

contact center agents. We provide a complete solution for outbound sales and marketing campaigns, including multiple automated dialing options, so our
clients can find the right match for their needs and environment, whether outbound business-to-consumer, or B2C, business-to-business, B2B, or 1:1
proactive customer care. We provide a variety of outbound dialer modes, including a patented predictive dialer capability. The predictive dialer greatly
enhances the productivity of agents and sales representatives by increasing productive talk time and minimizing idle time spent listening to voicemail and
busy signals. These dialer solutions allow our clients to choose the automation capabilities that best align with their contact center environment and
objectives, including lead prospecting, qualifying, nurturing and converting. We also provide campaign management tools such as list management,
sophisticated dialer rules and agent scripting. In addition, we provide a manual touch mode option that provides tools to outbound clients to comply with the
TCPA regulations.

Blended Contact Center:    We provide both inbound and outbound capabilities on a single platform to unify contact center operations and enable end-

to-end customer engagement. This improves agent productivity as interactions are automatically selected and routed to agents based on interaction volume.
When inbound call volumes are low, the blending ability allows clients to shift inbound agent resources to outbound-related functions.

10

Table of Contents

For example, inbound agents can be assigned to the outbound queue for automatic follow-ups on any customer interaction, flag customer surveys for
personalized attention, or resolve open customer issues.

Digital Engagement Channels Powered by Five9: Our multichannel applications are powered by a unique set of technologies. These technologies
include an advanced NLP engine to filter and categorize interactions, eliminate spam and determine sentiment. Based on a client’s unique set of business
policies and needs, our solution provides simpler, smarter and more productive digital engagement channels by offering agents sentiment analysis, clustering,
trending topics and relevance. In addition, Five9 powers agent assistance tools to help agents resolve issues quickly.

Five9 VCC integrates voice with chat, email, web, social media and mobile applications for a true omnichannel agent and customer experience.

• Five9 Social - Applies contact center customer service and sales best practices to social channels. Our solution routes, tracks and reports on agent

performance in responding to social media posts in the same manner as other channels.

• Five9 Chat - Live consumer-to-agent chat from mobile or web devices gives agents the ability to respond, record and manage multiple chat

interactions.

• Five9 Email - Makes email a high-response sales, service and support channel. Our solution’s email routing capability filters and intelligently routes

email requests to enable the best qualified agents to respond in a timely manner.

• Five9 Visual IVR - Our solution’s visual IVR application provides mobile customer care for today’s connected customers. It allows clients to develop

an IVR script once and deploy it on multiple touchpoints, including mobile devices and websites.

Management Applications: Our integrated portfolio of management applications is built and delivered on our highly scalable and flexible VCC cloud

platform. Our solution provides real-time supervisor tools to monitor and manage the performance of agents and call flows. We also provide a suite of
configurable management reports to enable clients to manage the end-to-end performance of their contact center operations. For clients with high-end WFO
needs, our solution can provide fully integrated workforce and quality management applications through our strategic relationships with Calabrio, Verint and
CSI. Our solution has native recording capabilities for contact centers that need to record their interactions.

11

Table of Contents

Our clients can access our VCC cloud platform in five different ways:

• Agent Desktop: Serves as the unified environment for contact center agents. Agents are provided with one easy-to-use desktop that is designed to

allow agents to seamlessly conduct omnichannel interactions. Our universal transaction model adjusts to the needs of the interaction, including voice,
chat, email, web, social media or mobile, yet feels familiar to the agent, making training simple. Automated call scripting and real-time customer data,
such as purchase and interaction history, is delivered to empower agents with the information they need to deliver a superior customer experience as
illustrated in the following images.

• CRM Integrations: For clients that prefer to have their agents or sales representatives work within their CRM desktop, we offer pre-built integrations
with leading providers of CRM systems such as Salesforce, Oracle, Zendesk, Microsoft and ServiceNow. In addition, professional services can
provide integrations with custom or legacy CRM systems. Our solution provides softphone and telephony capabilities within the CRM desktop, and
routes each customer interaction to an appropriate agent resource. Agents are able to work within a familiar desktop, equipped with full telephony
controls and giving them immediate access to the most current, relevant and accurate information about the customer.

12

Table of Contents

• Supervisor Plus: Provides supervisors with a modern browser-based tool to optimize the contact center and ensure high quality customer interactions.
This tool includes a visual supervisor dashboard that provides easy to use visibility into call routing, queues, service levels, workflow management,
utilization, campaign statistics and agent productivity. A mobile tablet version of the supervisor application is also available to help supervisors
monitor agents, listen in on conversations, coach agents, and oversee queues and agent performance metrics while on the contact center floor. These
metrics typically include average handle time, first contact resolution, number of interactions handled and contact outcomes as illustrated in the
following images.

• Administrator: Provides administrators with a comprehensive set of integrated tools to easily configure agent skills (such as language, domain

expertise, and media channels to service), determine interaction routing strategies, specify IVR scripts and manage the contact center operation. The
Five9 Administrator system is easy to use so contact center business personnel can set up and make changes themselves, without having to rely on
specialized IT staff often required to manage legacy on-premise contact center systems. This represents a key advantage of our VCC cloud platform
as it allows businesses to adapt quickly to keep up with the rapid changes required in contact center operations.

13

Table of Contents

• Reporting and Analytics: Real-time and historical reports provide statistics and key performance indicators to allow executives and supervisors to
monitor the contact center, improve reaction time to interaction volume and manage agents more effectively. We provide more than 100 standard
reports with multiple views and drill-downs into individual inbound calls and multichannel interaction metrics, customer interaction outcomes, and
outbound sales and marketing program metrics. Our reporting module also enables clients to build customized reports and reporting schedules.

Experience Orchestration: The Five9 Engagement Workflow allows businesses to decide how customers can interact with the contact center. At the

heart of Engagement Workflow is a powerful drag-and-drop workflow tool that is used to configure the customer experience. This is done using a set of pre-
built and configurable modules; speech services such as automated speech recognition and text-to-speech synthesis; text services such as NLP; data services
such as database query; customization services such as scripting; and real-time rules modules. The Five9 AI-enablement layer is an integral part of
Engagement Workflow, which allows AI technologies to be effectively applied to the delivery of experience to the customer.

Five9 Open Platform: We provide a comprehensive set of open APIs and SDKs that allow customers, developer partners, system integrators and

independent software vendors to customize our application and to integrate complementary products with the Five9 solution. This open platform approach
ensures that customers can have the confidence that the already high level of functionality we provide out-of-the-box can be further customized or enhanced
to meet the specific needs of their business.

Clients

We have a large and diverse client base comprised of more than 2,000 organizations as of December 31, 2019, with no single client representing more
than 10% of our revenues in 2019, 2018 or 2017. Our client base spans organizations of all sizes across multiple industries, including banking and financial
services, business process outsourcers, consumer, healthcare and technology.

Sales

Our sales model consists of a field sales team that sells our solution into larger opportunities and a telesales team that sells our solution into smaller

opportunities. We established our business targeting smaller opportunities and have expanded our sales focus to larger opportunities as we gained traction in
the market and enhanced the capabilities of our cloud solution. We have developed a disciplined, high volume, metrics-driven sales strategy designed to
enable us to efficiently generate and close a large number of new sales opportunities. Our telesales team focuses on qualified leads generated through traffic to
our websites, and also supports our field sales team through lead generation and lead-tracking activities. Our field and telesales teams are also responsible for
selling to existing clients that may renew their subscriptions, increase the number of agents using our cloud solution, add new applications from our solution
and expand the deployment of our solution across their contact centers. We have cultivated strong partner relationships with master sales agents, system
integrators and resellers to drive sales of our solution. We have established, and continue to increase, our network of master sales agents, which provide sales
leads, and resellers, which sell our solution to new clients. This network has helped us attract additional clients.

Marketing

To build client awareness and adoption of our solution, our lead generation activities consist primarily of client referrals, search engine marketing,

internet advertising, digital marketing campaigns, social media, trade shows, industry events, co-marketing with strategic partners, telemarketing and out-of-
home campaigns. In addition, our industry analyst, press and media outreach programs, and web site marketing initiatives are designed to build brand
awareness and preference for our solution. We offer free trials and services to allow prospective clients to experience the quality and ease-of-use of our cloud
solution, to learn about the features and functionality of our VCC cloud platform in more detail, and to quantify the benefits of our cloud solution.

To complement our sales and marketing efforts, we have developed a large ecosystem of software, technology, telephony and system integrator

partners and independent software vendors that help increase awareness of our solution and generate new and installed base sales opportunities.

Research and Development

Our ability to compete depends in large part on our continuous commitment to research and development and our ability to improve the functionality

of, and add new features to, our VCC cloud platform. Our core research and

14

Table of Contents

development center is based in our San Ramon, California headquarters with additional engineers located in Russia, which allows us to benefit from relatively
low-cost and highly skilled software developers. Our engineering team has deep software and telecommunications skills, and works closely with our sales
team to identify our clients’ product requirements. In addition, continuous interactions with our partners enable our engineers to enhance the usability and
performance of our platform and its integration with best-in-class CRM and other business applications and telephony technologies.

As of December 31, 2019, we had 243 employees in our research and development group. Our research and development expenses totaled $45.2
million, $34.2 million and $27.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. We intend to increase, in absolute dollars and
as a percentage of revenue, our research and development spending in 2020 to continue to deliver robust functionality to our clients.

Professional Services

We offer comprehensive professional services to our clients to assist in the successful implementation and optimization of our solution. Our

professional services include application configuration, system integration, and education and training. Our clients may use our professional services team for
implementing our solution or, in limited cases, they may also choose to perform these services themselves or engage third-party service providers to perform
such services. Our cloud solution allows us to eliminate the need for lengthy and complex technology integrations, such as deploying equipment or
maintaining hardware infrastructure for individual clients. As a result, we are typically able to deploy and optimize our solution in significantly less time than
required for deployments of legacy on-premise contact center systems.

Technology and Operations

Our highly scalable and flexible VCC cloud platform is the result of our extensive research, development, client engagement and operational
experience. Our platform is comprised of in-house developed intellectual property, open source products and commercially available hardware and software.
Our platform is designed to be redundant and we believe that all components can be upgraded, expanded or replaced with minimal or no interruption in
service.

We currently deliver our services globally from four third-party co-location data center facilities located in Santa Clara, California; Atlanta, Georgia;

Slough, England and Amsterdam, the Netherlands. We also host some of our voice services on the public cloud in Europe, Asia, South America and
Australia. In addition, we are in the process of establishing new public cloud deployments to facilitate our platform in certain international markets. We have
partnered with a third-party to develop, test and deploy our technology to offer a full stack of services on the public cloud in certain international markets.
Our infrastructure, including our third-party co-location facilities, is designed to support real-time mission-critical telecommunications, applications and
operational support systems. Our infrastructure is built with redundant, fault-tolerant components divided into distinct security zones forming protective
layers for our applications and customer data.

We have designed and maintain an operations, capacity and security program to monitor and maintain our platform, ensure efficient utilization of the

platform capacity and protect against security threats or data breaches. Our operations team monitors our data centers for potential performance issues,
unauthorized attempts to access secure data or applications and the overall integrity of the platform.

Competition

The market for contact center software is fragmented, highly competitive and evolving rapidly in response to shifting consumer behavior, especially

the rapid adoption of mobile devices and social media. The proliferation of each is driving change in contact center technology, as customers expect
companies to give them the option of seamless communication across any channel according to their preference and needs. Combined with the disruptive
nature of the cloud in the contact center, this has resulted in competitors who come from different market and product heritages, and who vary in size, breadth
and scope of the products and services offered. We currently compete with large legacy telephony vendors that offer on-premise contact center systems, such
as Avaya Inc., or Avaya, and Cisco Systems, Inc., or Cisco, and legacy on-premise software companies that come from a CTI heritage, such as Aspect
Software, Inc., or Aspect, and Genesys Telecommunications Laboratories, Inc., or Genesys (including through its acquisition of Interactive Intelligence
Group, Inc., or Interactive Intelligence). These legacy technology and software companies are increasingly supplementing their traditional on-premise contact
center systems with competing cloud offerings, through a combination of acquisitions, partnerships and in-house

15

Table of Contents

development. Additionally, we compete with vendors that historically provided other contact center services and technologies and expanded to offer cloud
contact center software such as NICE inContact, Inc. We also face competition from many smaller contact center service providers such as Talkdesk and
Seranova, as well as vendors offering both unified communications and contact center solutions. In addition, Amazon.com, Inc., or Amazon, and Twilio Inc.,
or Twilio, have introduced solutions aimed at companies who wish to build their own contact centers with in-house developers. In addition, CRM vendors are
increasingly offering features and functionality that were traditionally provided by contact center service providers. CRM vendors also continue to partner
with contact center service providers to provide integrated solutions and may, in the future, acquire competitive contact center service providers. These factors
could cause CRM vendors to reduce or terminate their partnerships with us, and could result in increased competition. Because CRM integration and
partnerships are critical to the success of our solution, these factors could harm our revenue and results of operations.

Our actual and potential competitors may enjoy competitive advantages over us, including greater name recognition, longer operating histories and

larger marketing budgets, as well as greater financial and technical resources. With the introduction of new technologies and market entrants, we expect
competition to continue to intensify in the future. Our recent, and any future, acquisitions will subject us to new competitors and cause us to face additional
and different competition in the markets served by these businesses. We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include:

• breadth and depth of solution features;

•

•

•

•

reliability, scalability and quality of the platform;

ease and speed of deployment;

ease of application administration and use;

level of client satisfaction;

• domain expertise in contact center operations;

•

•

integration with third-party applications;

ability to quickly adapt and upgrade to new and evolving technologies, including AI;

• pricing;

•

ability to quickly adjust agent seats based on business requirements;

• breadth and domain expertise of the sales, marketing and support organization;

•

•

•

•

ability to keep pace with client requirements;

extent and efficiency of professional services;

ability to offer multiple channels of engagement; and

size and financial stability of operations.

We believe we currently compete effectively with respect to each of the factors identified above.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, and trade secret laws in the U.S. and other jurisdictions, as well as license agreements, confidentiality
agreements and other contractual protections, to protect our proprietary technology. We also rely on a number of registered and unregistered trademarks to
protect our brand. In addition, we require our employees and independent contractors involved in development of intellectual property on our behalf to enter
into agreements acknowledging that all works or other intellectual property generated or conceived by them on our behalf are our property, and assigning to
us any rights, including intellectual property rights, that they may claim or otherwise have in those works or property, to the extent allowable under applicable
law.

As of December 31, 2019, our intellectual property portfolio included five registered U.S. trademarks, 10 issued U.S. patents, three pending U.S. patent

application and one registered U.S. copyright. As of December 31, 2019, outside the U.S. we also had five issued patents and nine trademark registrations.
The expiration dates of our issued patents range from 2031 to 2034. In general, our patents and patent applications apply to aspects of our VCC cloud
platform.

We are also a party to various license agreements with third parties that typically grant us the right to use certain third-party technology in conjunction

with our solution. We expect that software and other applications in our industry may be subject to third-party infringement claims as the number of
competitors grows and the

16

Table of Contents

functionality of applications in different industry segments overlaps. Any of these third parties might make a claim of infringement against us at any time.

Seasonality

We believe that there can be seasonal factors that may cause our revenues in the first half of a year to be lower than our revenues in the second half of

the year. During 2019, 2018 and 2017, 54%, 53%, and 53% of our total revenues were generated in the second half of each year. We believe this is due to
increased activities in retail, healthcare and education in the second half of each year.

Employees

As of December 31, 2019, we had 1,210 full-time employees, including 528 in technology and operations, 243 in research and development, 296 in

sales and marketing and 143 in general and administrative. None of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. We believe our employee
relations are good and we have never experienced any work stoppages.

Regulatory

The following summarizes important, but not all, federal, state and foreign regulations that could impact our operations. Federal and state regulations

are subject to judicial review, administrative revision and statutory changes through legislation that could materially affect how we and others in this industry
operate.

The Telecommunications Act of 1996 vests the Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, with jurisdiction over interstate telecommunications
services, while preserving state and local jurisdiction over many aspects of these services. As a result, telecommunications services are regulated at both the
federal and state levels in the United States.

We are classified as a telecommunications service provider for federal regulatory purposes. Since our business is regulated by the FCC, we are subject

to existing or potential FCC regulations relating to privacy, disability access, porting of numbers, automatic number dialing, contributions to the federal
Universal Service Fund and related funds, or USF, and other requirements. If we do not comply with FCC rules and regulations, we could be subject to FCC
enforcement actions, fines and possibly restrictions on our ability to operate or offer certain of our services. Any enforcement action by the FCC, which may
be a public process, would hurt our reputation in the industry, possibly impair our ability to sell our services to clients and could harm our business and results
of operations. The FTC also has jurisdiction over some of our business practices, including advertising, trade practices, privacy and telemarketing. If we do
not comply with FTC rules and regulations, we could be subject to an FTC enforcement action, fines or restrictions on our business practices.

We must comply with numerous federal regulations, including:

• Telephone Consumer Protection Act, or TCPA, which regulates the use of automatic dialing equipment and pre-recorded messages to contact

consumers, and the Telemarketing Sales Rule, which has similar obligations as to telemarketing activities;

• The TRACED Act and corresponding forthcoming regulations from the FCC, which requires carriers to authenticate incoming calls;

• CALEA, which requires telecommunications service providers to assist law enforcement in undertaking electronic surveillance;

•

contributions to the USF, which requires that we pay a percentage of our revenues resulting from the provision of interstate telecommunications
services to support certain federal programs;

• payment of annual FCC regulatory fees based on our interstate and international revenues;

•

rules pertaining to access to our services by people with disabilities and contributions to the Telecommunications Relay Services fund;

• FCC rules regarding customer proprietary network information, or CPNI, which require that we not use certain information received from customers

as a result of a service provider/customer relationship without customer approval, subject to certain exceptions;

• Federal Trade Commission Act and rules promulgated thereunder, which generally relate to avoiding unfair and deceptive trade practices, our

advertising, and privacy practices; and.

17

Table of Contents

• The California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018, or the CCPA, which requires us to comply with a new privacy framework and disclosure obligations to

consumers for whom we hold or process personal data.

In addition, we must make contributions and other payments on our usage-based fees to state and local governmental entities. The tax and fee structure

for communications services such as ours is complex, ambiguous and subject to interpretation. If taxing and regulatory authorities enact new rules or
regulations or expand their interpretations of existing rules and regulations, we could incur additional liabilities. In addition, the collection of additional taxes,
fees or surcharges in the future could increase our prices or reduce our profit margins. Compliance with these regulations may also make us less competitive
with those competitors who are not subject to, or choose not to comply with, these regulations. See Note 10 of the notes to consolidated financial statements
under ITEM 8 of this Form 10-K for a discussion of our liabilities related to USF matters.

As we expand internationally, we will be subject to laws and regulations in the countries in which we offer our services. Regulation of the solutions we

provide outside the U.S. varies from country to country, is often unclear, and may be more onerous than those imposed on our services in the U.S. For
example, the European Union adopted a law governing data protection and privacy called the General Data Protection Regulation, or the GDPR, which
became effective on May 25, 2018. The law requires companies to meet new and extended requirements regarding the processing of personal data. Non-
compliance with the GDPR can trigger steep fines of up to €20 million or 4% of total worldwide annual turnover, whichever is higher. In addition, we are
subject to Canada’s Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act, or PIPEDA, and the analogous provincial laws, which similarly impose
data privacy and security obligations on our processing of personal data. Our regulatory obligations in foreign jurisdictions could harm the use or cost of our
solution in international locations as data protection and privacy laws and regulations around the world continue to evolve.

The legislative and regulatory scheme for telecommunications service providers and other solutions we provide will continue to evolve and can be
expected to change the competitive environment for these services. It is not possible to predict how such evolution and changes will affect our business or our
industry. If we do not comply with current or future rules or regulations that apply to our business, we could be subject to substantial additional fines and
penalties, we may have to restructure our service offerings, exit certain markets, accept lower margins or raise the price of our services, any of which could
harm our business and results of operations. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Regulatory Matters” under ITEM 1A of this Form 10-K for more
information.

Company Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in 2001. We operate in a single reportable segment. Our principal executive office is located at Bishop Ranch 8,

4000 Executive Parkway, Suite 400, San Ramon, CA 94583 and our telephone number is (925) 201-2000. Our website address is www.five9.com. Our
website and the information contained therein or connected thereto shall not be deemed to be incorporated into this annual report on Form 10-K. We own or
have rights to trademarks or trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business, including our corporate names, logos and domain
names. In addition, we own or have the rights to copyrights, trade secrets and other proprietary rights that protect the content of our products. Solely for
convenience, some of the copyrights, trademarks and trade names referred to in this annual report on Form 10-K are listed without ©, ® and ™ symbols, but
we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to our copyrights, trademarks and trade names.

Available Information

Our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, proxy and information statements and amendments to

reports are filed with, or furnished to, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, or the Exchange Act. The SEC maintains a website at https://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other
information regarding Five9 and other companies that file materials with the SEC electronically. Copies of Five9’s reports on Form 10-K, Forms 10-Q
and Forms 8-K, may be obtained, free of charge, electronically through our internet website, http://investors.five9.com/sec.cfm as soon as reasonably
practicable after such material is filed electronically with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information on our website is not a part of, or incorporated by
reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

18

Table of Contents

ITEM 1A. Risk Factors

Our operations and financial results are subject to various risks and uncertainties. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described

below, together with all of the other information in this report. If any of the following risks or other risks actually occur, our business, financial condition,
results of operations, and future prospects could be materially harmed, and the price of our common stock could decline.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our quarterly and annual results may fluctuate significantly, may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business and may result in
decreases in the price of our common stock.

Our quarterly and annual results of operations, including our revenues, profitability and cash flow have varied, and may vary significantly in the future,

and period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful. Accordingly, the results of any one quarter or period, or series of quarters
or periods, should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. Our quarterly and annual financial results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of
factors, many of which are outside our control and, as a result, may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business. Fluctuation in quarterly and
annual results may harm the value of our common stock. Factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results include, without limitation:

• market acceptance of our solution;

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our ability to attract new clients and grow our business with existing clients;

client renewal rates;

client attrition rates;

our ability to adequately expand our sales and service team;

our ability to acquire and maintain strategic and client relationships;

the timing and success of new product and feature introductions by us or our competitors or any other change in the competitive dynamics of our
industry, including consolidation, partnership or collaboration among competitors, clients or strategic partners;

network outages or security incidents, which may result in additional expenses or losses, legal or regulatory actions, the loss of clients, the provision
of client credits, and harm to our reputation;

general economic, industry and market conditions;

the amount and timing of costs and expenses related to the maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;

seasonal factors that may cause our revenues in the first half of a year to be relatively lower than our revenues in the second half of a year;

inaccessibility or failure of our cloud contact center software due to failures in the products or services provided by third parties;

the amount and timing of costs and expenses related to our research and development efforts or in the acquisition of technologies or businesses and
potential future charges for impairment of goodwill from acquired companies;

our ability to successfully integrate companies and businesses that we acquire and achieve a positive return on our investment;

our ability to expand, and effectively utilize, our network of master agents, resellers and systems integrators;

the timing of recognition of revenues under current and future GAAP; 

changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;

increases or decreases in the costs to provide our solution or pricing changes upon any renewals of client agreements;

the level of professional services and support we provide our clients;

fluctuations or changes in the components of our revenue;

the addition or loss of key clients, including through acquisitions or consolidations;

compliance with, or changes in, the current and future domestic and international regulatory environment;

19

Table of Contents

•

•

•

•

•

the hiring, training and retention of key employees;

the outcome of litigation or other claims against us;

the ability to expand internationally, and to do so profitability;

our ability to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms if and when needed; and

advances and trends in new technologies and industry standards.

If we are unable to attract new clients or sell additional services and functionality to our existing clients, our revenue and revenue growth will be harmed.

To increase our revenue, we must add new clients, add additional agent seats and sell additional functionality to existing clients, and encourage existing

clients to renew their subscriptions on terms favorable to us. As our industry matures, as our clients experience seasonal trends in their business, or as
competitors introduce lower cost or differentiated products or services that are perceived to compete favorably with ours, our ability to add new clients and
renew, maintain or sell additional services to existing clients based on pricing, cost of ownership, technology and functionality could be harmed. As a result,
our existing clients may not renew our agreements or may decrease their number of agent seats, and we may be unable to attract new clients or grow or
maintain our business with existing clients, which could harm our revenue and growth.

Furthermore, a portion of our revenue is generated by acquiring domestic and international telecommunications minutes from wholesale

telecommunication service providers and reselling those minutes to our clients. As telecommunications rates continue to decrease, we may not be able to
resell more minutes to maintain our level of usage revenue.

Our recent rapid growth may not be indicative of our future growth, and if we continue to grow rapidly, we may fail to manage our growth effectively.

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, our revenues were $328.0 million, $257.7 million and $200.2 million, respectively,
representing year-over-year growth of 27% and 29%, respectively. In the future, as our revenue increases, our annual revenue growth rate may decline. We
believe our revenue growth will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to:

•

•

•

•

•

•

compete with other vendors of cloud-based enterprise contact center systems, including recent market entrants, and with providers of legacy on-
premise systems;

increase our existing clients’ use of our solution and further develop our partner ecosystem;

strengthen and improve our solution through significant investments in research and development and the introduction of new and enhanced
solutions;

introduce our solution to new markets outside of the United States and increase global awareness of our brand;

selectively pursue acquisitions that enhance our solution offerings; and

respond to general macro economic factors and industry and market conditions.

If we are not successful in achieving these objectives, our ability to grow our revenue may be harmed. In addition, we plan to continue to invest in

future growth, including expending substantial financial and other resources on:

•

•

•

•

•

sales and marketing, including a significant expansion of our sales and professional services organization;

our technology infrastructure, including systems architecture, management tools, scalability, availability, performance and security, as well as
disaster recovery measures;

solution development, including investments in our solution development team and the development of new solutions, as well as new applications
and features for existing solutions;

international expansion; and

general administration, including legal, regulatory compliance and accounting expenses. 

Moreover, we continue to expand our headcount and operations. We grew from 860 employees as of December 31, 2017 to 983 employees as of

December 31, 2018, and to 1,210 employees as of December 31, 2019. We anticipate that we will continue to expand our operations and headcount in the
near term and beyond. This growth has placed, and future growth will place, a significant strain on our management, administrative, operational

20

Table of Contents

and financial resources, company culture and infrastructure. Our success will depend in part on our ability to manage this growth effectively while retaining
personnel. To manage the expected growth of our operations and personnel, we will need to continue to improve our operational, financial and management
controls and our reporting systems and procedures. Failure to effectively manage growth could result in difficulty or delays in adding new clients, declines in
quality or client satisfaction, increases in costs, system failures, difficulties in introducing new features or solutions, the need for more capital than we
anticipate or other operational difficulties, and any of these difficulties could harm our business performance and results of operations.

The expected addition of new employees and the capital investments that we anticipate will be necessary to help us grow and to manage that growth
will make it more difficult for us to generate earnings or offset any future revenue shortfalls by reducing costs and expenses in the short term. If we fail to
manage our anticipated growth, we will be unable to execute our business plan successfully.

Failure to adequately retain and expand our direct sales force will impede our growth.

Key to our success is the continuity of our direct sales force. We need to continue to retain key members of our direct sales force while expanding and
optimizing our sales infrastructure in order to grow our client base and business. We plan to continue to expand our direct sales force, both domestically and
internationally. Identifying and recruiting qualified personnel and training them in the use and sale of our solution requires significant time, expense and
attention. It can take several months before our sales representatives are fully trained and productive. Our business may be harmed if we fail to retain key
members of our direct sales force or if our efforts, and the expense incurred, to expand and train our direct sales force do not generate a corresponding
increase in revenues. In particular, if we are unable to hire, develop and retain talented sales personnel or if new sales personnel are unable to achieve desired
productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, we may not be able to realize the expected benefits of this investment or increase our revenues.

If we fail to manage our technical operations infrastructure, our existing clients may experience service outages, our new clients may experience delays
in the deployment of our solution and we could be subject to, among other things, claims for credits or damages.

Our success depends in large part upon the capacity, stability, security and performance of our operations infrastructure. From time to time, we have
experienced interruptions in service, and may experience such interruptions in the future. These service interruptions may be caused by a variety of factors,
including infrastructure changes, human or software errors, viruses, security attacks, fraud, spikes in client usage and denial of service issues. In some
instances, we may not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an acceptable period of time. Our failure to achieve or
maintain expected performance levels, stability and security, particularly as we increase the number of users of our service and the product applications that
run on our system, could harm our relationships with our clients, result in claims for credits or damages, damage our reputation, significantly reduce client
demand for our solution, cause us to incur significant expense and personnel time replacing and upgrading our infrastructure and harm our business.

We have experienced significant growth in the number of agents seats and interactions that our infrastructure supports. As the number of agent seats
within our client base grows and our clients’ use of our service increases, we need to continue to make additional investments in our capacity to maintain
adequate and reliable stability and performance, the availability of which may be limited or the cost of which may be prohibitive, and any failure may cause
interruptions in service that may harm our business. In addition, we need to properly manage our operations infrastructure in order to support version control,
changes in hardware and software parameters and the evolution of our solution. If we do not accurately predict our infrastructure requirements or efficiently
improve our infrastructure, our business could be harmed.

Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties and our failure to successfully maintain, grow and manage
these relationships could harm our business.

We leverage strategic relationships with third parties, such as CRM providers, WFO providers, other technology providers, systems integrators, and

telephony providers. For example, our relationship with CRM providers and systems integrators provide significant lead generation for new client
opportunities. These relationships are typically not exclusive and our partners often also offer products of our competitors. As we grow our business, we will
continue to depend on both existing and new strategic relationships. Our competitors may be more successful than we are in establishing or expanding
relationships with third parties or may provide incentives to third parties to favor their products over our solution. Our competitors may also have deeper or
broader

21

Table of Contents

relationships with third parties, including products that we do not offer or that are outside our core markets, that could give these competitors an advantage in
establishing and maintaining relationships with these third parties. These strategic partners may cease to recommend our solution to prospective clients due to
actual or perceived lack of features, technological or security issues or failures, reputational concerns, economic incentives, or other factors, which would
harm our business, financial condition and operations. Furthermore, there has and continues to be a significant amount of consolidation in our industry and
adjacent industries, and if our partners are acquired, fail to work effectively with us or go out of business, they may no longer support or promote our solution,
or may be less effective in doing so, which could harm our business, financial condition and operations. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining
our strategic relationships with third parties, or these partners fail to recommend our solution, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our
revenues could be impaired and our operating results may suffer. Even if we are successful, we cannot assure you that these relationships will result in
increased client usage of our solution or increased revenue.

In addition, identifying new partners, and negotiating and documenting relationships with them, requires significant time and resources. As the
complexity of our solution and our third-party relationships increases, the management of those relationships and the negotiation of contractual terms
sufficient to protect our rights and limit our potential liabilities will become more complicated. We also license technology from certain third parties,
including through OEM relationships. Certain of these agreements permit either party to terminate all or a portion of the relationship without cause at any
time and for any reason. If one of these agreements is terminated by the other party, we would have to find an alternative source or develop new technology
ourselves, which preclude, limit or delay our ability to offer our solution or certain product features to our clients, result in increased expense and harm our
business. Our inability to successfully manage and maintain these complex relationships or negotiate sufficient and favorable contractual terms could harm
our business.

We have established, and are continuing to increase, our network of master agents and resellers to sell our solution; our failure to effectively develop,
manage, and maintain this network could materially harm our revenues.

We have established, and are continuing to increase, our network of master sales agents, which provide sales leads, and resellers, which sell our
solution to new clients. This network has helped us attract additional clients. Our resellers have assisted us in expanding in both domestic and international
markets. These master agents and resellers sell, or may in the future decide to sell, solutions for our competitors. Our competitors may be able to cause our
current or potential master agents or resellers to favor their services over ours, either through financial incentives, technological innovation, solution features
or performance, by offering a broader array of services to these service providers or otherwise, which could reduce the effectiveness of our use of these third
parties. If we fail to maintain relationships with current master agents and resellers, fail to develop relationships with new master agents and resellers in new
and existing markets, if we fail to manage, train, or provide appropriate incentives to our existing master agents and resellers, or if our master agents and
resellers are not successful in their sales efforts, sales of our subscriptions may decrease or not grow at an appropriate rate and our operating results could be
harmed. Additionally, in order to effectively utilize our resellers, we must enhance our systems, develop specialized marketing materials and invest in
educating resellers regarding our systems, product offerings and services. Our failure to accomplish these objectives could limit our success in marketing and
selling our products.

In addition, identifying new resellers, and negotiating and documenting relationships with them, requires significant time and resources. As the
complexity of our solution and our reseller relationships increases, the management of those relationships and the negotiation of contractual terms sufficient
to protect our rights and limit our potential liabilities will become more complicated. Our inability to successfully manage these complex relationships or
negotiate sufficient contractual terms could harm our business.

Adverse economic conditions may harm our business.

Our business depends on the overall demand for cloud contact center software solutions and on the economic health of our current and prospective

clients. In addition to the United States, Canada, the U.K. and Latin America, we plan to market and sell our solution in other European countries, Asia and
other international markets. If economic conditions, including currency exchange rates, in these areas and other key potential markets for our solution remain
uncertain or deteriorate, clients may delay or reduce their contact center and overall information technology spending. If our clients or potential clients
experience economic hardship, this could reduce the demand for our solution, delay and lengthen sales cycles, lower prices for our solution, and lead to
slower growth or even a decline in our revenues, operating results and cash flows.

22

Table of Contents

Security breaches and improper access to or disclosure of our data or our clients’ data, or other cyber attacks on our systems, could result in litigation
and regulatory risk, harm our reputation and our business.

Our solution involves the storage and transmission of our clients’ information, including information about our clients’ customers or other information

treated by our clients as confidential. Unauthorized access, unauthorized use of our systems, security breaches or other cyber attacks could result in the loss of
confidentiality, integrity and availability of such information, leading to litigation, governmental investigations and enforcements actions, indemnity
obligations, increased expense, and other liability. Such incidents could also cause interruptions to the solution we provide, degrade the user experience, or
cause clients to lose confidence in our solution.

While we have security measures in place to protect client information and minimize the probability of security breaches and other cyber attacks, if
these measures fail as a result of a cyber-attack, other third-party action, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise, and someone obtains unauthorized access
to our clients’ information, our reputation could be damaged, our business may suffer and we could incur significant liability. Because the techniques used to
obtain unauthorized access or sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, we may be unable
to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. In addition, third parties may attempt to fraudulently induce employees or
users to disclose information in order to gain access to our data or our users’ data. Moreover, any failure on the part of third parties, including our clients, to
maintain appropriate security measures for their own systems could harm our relationships with our clients, result in claims against us for credits or damages,
damage our reputation and significantly reduce client demand for our solution. Any or all of these issues could harm our ability to attract new clients, cause
existing clients to cancel, reduce or not renew their subscriptions, result in reputational damage or subject us to third-party lawsuits, governmental
investigations and enforcement actions, regulatory fines or other action or liability, including orders or consent decrees forcing us to modify our business
practices, all of which could materially harm our business, reputation or financial results.

The markets in which we participate involve numerous competitors and are highly competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results
could be harmed.

The market for contact center solutions is highly competitive. Generally, we do not have long-term contracts with our clients and our clients can

terminate our service and switch to competitors’ offerings on short notice.

We currently compete with large legacy technology vendors that offer on-premise contact center systems, such as Avaya and Cisco, and legacy on-
premise software companies that come from a CTI heritage, such as Aspect and Genesys (including through its acquisition of Interactive Intelligence). These
legacy technology and software companies are increasingly supplementing their traditional on-premise contact center systems with competing cloud
offerings, through a combination of acquisitions, partnerships and in-house development. Additionally, we compete with vendors that historically provided
other contact center services and technologies and expanded to offer cloud contact center software such as NICE inContact. We also face competition from
many smaller contact center service providers such as Talkdesk and Seranova, as well as vendors offering unified communications and contact center
solutions. In addition, Amazon and Twilio have introduced solutions aimed at companies who wish to build their own contact centers with in-house
developers. In addition, CRM vendors are increasingly offering features and functionality that were traditionally provided by contact center providers. CRM
vendors also continue to partner with contact center service providers to provide integrated solutions and may, in the future, acquire competitive contact
center service providers. These factors could cause CRM vendors to reduce or terminate their partnerships with us, and could result in increased competition.
Because CRM integration and partnerships are critical to the success of our solution, these factors could harm our revenue and results of operations.

Our actual and potential competitors may enjoy competitive advantages over us, including greater name recognition, longer operating histories and

larger marketing budgets, as well as greater financial or technical resources. With the introduction of new technologies and market entrants, we expect
competition to continue to intensify in the future. Our recent, and any future, acquisitions will subject us to new competitors and cause us to face additional
and different competition in the markets served by these businesses.

Some of our competitors can devote significantly greater resources than we can to the development, promotion and sale of their products and services

and many have the ability to initiate or withstand substantial price competition. Current or potential competitors may also be acquired by third parties with
significantly greater resources. In addition, many of our competitors have stronger name recognition, longer operating histories, established relationships with
clients, more comprehensive product offerings, larger installed bases and major

23

Table of Contents

distribution agreements with consultants, system integrators and resellers. Our competitors may also establish cooperative relationships among themselves or
with third parties that may further enhance their product offerings or resources and ability to compete. If our competitors’ products, services or technologies
become more accepted than our solution, if they are successful in bringing their products or services to market earlier than ours, or if their products or
services are less expensive or more technologically capable than ours, our revenues could be harmed. Pricing pressures and increased competition could result
in reduced sales and revenues, reduced margins and loss of, or a failure to maintain or improve, our competitive market position, any of which could harm our
business.

If our existing clients terminate their subscriptions or reduce their subscriptions and related usage, our revenues and gross margins will be harmed and
we will be required to spend more money to grow our client base.

We expect to continue to derive a significant portion of our revenues from existing clients. As a result, retaining our existing clients is critical to our

future operating results. We offer monthly, annual and multiple-year contracts to our clients, generally with 30 days’ notice required for reductions in the
number of agent seats. Increases in the number of agent seats can be provisioned almost immediately. Our clients, therefore, are able to adjust the number of
agent seats used to meet their changing contact center volume needs. Subscriptions and related usage by our existing clients may decrease if:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

clients are not satisfied with our services, prices or the functionality of our solution;

the stability, performance or security of our solution are not satisfactory;

the U.S. or global economy declines;

our clients’ business declines due to industry cycles, seasonality, business difficulties or other reasons;

clients favor products offered by other contact center providers, particularly as competition continues to increase;

fewer clients purchase usage from us;

alternative technologies, products or features emerge or gain popularity that we do not provide; or

our clients or potential clients experience financial difficulties.

If our existing clients’ subscriptions and related usage decrease or are terminated, we will need to spend more money to acquire new clients and still

may not be able to maintain our existing level of revenues. We incur significant costs and expenses, including sales and marketing expenses, to acquire new
clients, and those costs and expenses are an important factor in determining our profitability. There can be no assurance that our efforts to acquire new clients
will be successful.

The loss of one or more of our key clients, or a failure to renew our subscription agreements with one or more of our key clients, could harm our ability to
market our solution.

We rely on our reputation and recommendations from key clients in order to market and sell our solution. The loss of any of our key clients, or a failure
of some of them to renew or to continue to recommend our solution, could have a significant impact on our revenues, reputation and our ability to obtain new
clients. In addition, acquisitions of our clients could lead to cancellation of our contracts with those clients, thereby reducing the number of our existing and
potential clients and key reference clients.

Our clients may fail to comply with the terms of their agreements, necessitating action by us to collect payment, or may terminate their subscriptions for
our solution.

If clients fail to pay us under the terms of our agreements or fail to comply with the terms of our agreements, including compliance with regulatory

requirements and intellectual property terms, we may terminate clients, lose revenue, be unable to collect amounts due to us, be subject to legal or regulatory
action and incur costs in enforcing the terms of our contracts, including litigation. Some of our clients may seek bankruptcy protection or other similar relief
and fail to pay amounts due to us, seek reimbursement for amounts already paid, or pay those amounts more slowly, which could harm our operating results,
financial position and cash flow.

24

Table of Contents

We sell our solution to larger organizations that require longer sales and implementation cycles and often demand more configuration and integration
services or customized features and functions that we may not offer, any of which could delay or prevent these sales and harm our growth rates, business
and operating results.

As we continue to target our sales efforts at larger organizations, we face greater costs, longer sales and implementation cycles and less predictability in

closing sales. These larger organizations typically require more configuration and integration services, which increases our upfront investment in sales and
deployment efforts, with no guarantee that these clients will subscribe to our solution or increase the scope of their subscription. Furthermore, with larger
organizations, we must provide greater levels of education regarding the use and benefits of our solution to a broader group of people in order to generate a
sale. As a result of these factors, we must devote a significant amount of sales support and professional services resources to individual clients and
prospective clients, thereby increasing the cost and time required to complete sales. Our typical sales cycle for larger organizations is four to six months, but
can be significantly longer, and we expect that our average sales cycle may increase as sales to larger organizations continue to grow as a percentage of our
business. Longer sales cycles could cause our operating and financial results to be less predictable and to fluctuate from period to period. In addition, many of
our clients that are larger organizations initially deploy our solution to support only a portion of their contact center agents. Our success depends on our ability
to increase the number of agent seats and the number of applications utilized by these larger organizations over time and additional sales and marketing
expenses we incur in these efforts. There is no guarantee that these clients will increase their subscriptions for our solution. If we do not expand our initial
relationships with larger organizations, the return on our investments in sales and deployment efforts for these clients will decrease and our business may
suffer.

Furthermore, we may not be able to provide the configuration and integration services that larger organizations typically require. For example, our

solution does not currently permit clients to modify our software code, but instead requires them to use our set of APIs. If prospective clients require
customized features or functions that we do not offer, and that would be difficult for them to deploy themselves, they will need to use our services or third-
party service providers or we may lose sales opportunities with larger organizations and our business could suffer.

Because a significant percentage of our revenue is derived from existing clients, downturns or upturns in new sales will not be immediately reflected in
our operating results and may be difficult to discern.

We generally recognize subscription revenue from clients monthly as services are delivered. As a result, the vast majority of the subscription revenue

we report in each quarter is derived from existing clients. Consequently, a decline in new subscriptions in any single quarter will likely have only a small
impact on our revenue results for that quarter. However, the cumulative impact of such declines could negatively impact our business and results of operations
in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in sales and market acceptance of our solution, and potential changes in our pricing
policies or renewal rates, will typically not be reflected in our results of operations until future periods. We also may be unable to adjust our cost structure to
reflect the changes in revenue, resulting in lower margins and earnings. In addition, our subscription model makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our
revenue through additional sales in any period, as revenue from new clients will be recognized over time as services are delivered. Moreover, many of our
clients initially deploy our solution to support only a portion of their contact center agents and, therefore, we may not generate significant revenue from these
new clients at the outset of our relationship, if at all. Any increase to our revenue and the value of these existing client relationships will only be reflected in
our results of operations as subscription revenue is recognized, and if and when these clients increase the number of agent seats and the number of
components of our solution they deploy over time.

We rely on third-party telecommunications and internet service providers to provide our clients and their customers with telecommunication services and
connectivity to our cloud contact center software and any failure by these service providers to provide reliable services could cause us to lose clients and
subject us to claims for credits or damages, among other things.

We rely on third-party telecommunication service providers to provide our clients and their customers with telecommunication services. These
telephony services include the public switched telephone network, or PSTN, telephone numbers, call termination and origination services, and local number
portability for our clients. In addition, we depend on our internet bandwidth suppliers to provide uninterrupted and error-free service through their

25

Table of Contents

telecommunications networks. We exercise little control over these third-party providers, which increases our vulnerability to problems with the services they
provide.

When problems occur, it may be difficult to identify the source of the problem. Service disruption or outages, whether caused by our service, the
products or services of our third party service providers, or our clients’ or their customers’ equipment and systems, may result in loss of market acceptance of
our solution and any necessary repairs or other remedial actions may force us to incur significant costs and expenses.

If any of these service providers fail to provide reliable services, suffer outages, degrade, disrupt, increase the cost of or terminate the services that we
and our clients depend on, we may be required to switch to another service provider. Delays caused by switching our technology to another service provider,
if available, and qualifying this new service provider could materially harm our client relationships, business, financial condition and operating results.
Further, any failure on the part of third party service providers to achieve or maintain expected performance levels, stability and security could harm our
relationships with our clients, cause us to lose clients, result in claims for credits or damages, increase our costs or the costs incurred by our customers,
damage our reputation, significantly reduce client demand for our solution and seriously harm our financial condition and operating results.

Our clients and their customers rely on internet service providers to provide them with access and connectivity to our cloud contact center software and
changes in how internet service providers handle and charge for access to the internet could materially harm our client relationships, business, financial
condition and operations results.

In 2015, the FCC released an order, commonly referred to as network neutrality, that, among other things, prohibited (i) the impairment or degradation
of lawful internet traffic on the basis of content, application or service and (ii) the practice of favoring some internet traffic over other internet traffic based on
the payment of higher fees. In June 2018, the FCC repealed the network neutrality regulations imposed by the 2015 order. Internet service providers in the
U.S. may now be able to impair or degrade the use of, or increase the cost of using, our solution. The FCC’s 2018 repeal was largely upheld by the D.C.
Circuit Court of Appeals in a decision issued in October 2019. That same court rejected the FCC’s attempt to preempt states from adopting their own network
neutrality requirements. As a result, network neutrality regulations vary widely among both the domestic and international jurisdictions in which we operate.
While certain jurisdictions have strong protections for services such as ours, others either lack a network neutrality framework or otherwise do not enforce
network neutrality regulations. The impairment, degradation or prioritization of lawful internet traffic by internet service providers could materially harm the
performance of our solutions, our client relationships, business, financial condition and operating results.

We depend on data centers operated by third parties and public cloud providers and any disruption in the operation of these facilities could harm our
business.

We host our solution at data centers located in Santa Clara, California; Atlanta, Georgia; Slough, England and Amsterdam, the Netherlands. Any failure
or downtime in one of our data center facilities could affect a significant percentage of our clients. While we control and have access to our servers and all of
the components of our network that are located in our external data centers, we do not control the operation of these facilities. The owners of our data center
facilities have no obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to renew these agreements on
commercially reasonable terms, or if one of our data center operators is acquired, closes, suffers financial difficulty or is unable to meet our growing capacity
needs, we may be required to transfer our servers and other infrastructure to new data center facilities, and we may incur significant costs and service
interruptions in connection with doing so.

Our data centers are subject to various points of failure. Problems with cooling equipment, generators, uninterruptible power supply, routers, switches,
or other equipment, whether or not within our control, could result in service interruptions for our clients as well as equipment damage. Our data centers are
subject to disasters such as earthquakes, floods, fires, hurricanes, acts of terrorism, sabotage, break-ins, acts of vandalism and other events, which could cause
service interruptions or the operators of these data centers to close their facilities for an extended period of time or permanently. The destruction or
impairment of any of our data center facilities could result in significant downtime for our solution and the loss of client data. Because our ability to attract
and retain clients depends on our providing clients with highly reliable service, even minor interruptions in our service could harm our business, revenues and
reputation. Additionally, in connection with the continuing expansion of our existing data center facilities, there is an increased risk that service interruptions
may occur as a result of server addition, relocation or other issues.

26

Table of Contents

Our data centers are also subject to increased power costs. We may not be able to pass on any increase in power costs to our clients, which could reduce

our operating margins.

We also host some of our voice services on the public cloud in Europe, Asia, South America and Australia. We have little or no control over public
cloud providers. Any disruption of the public cloud or any failure of the public cloud providers to effectively design and implement sufficient security systems
or plan for increases in capacity could, in turn, cause delays or disruptions in our services. In addition, using the public cloud presents a variety of additional
risks, including risks related to sharing the same computing resources with others, reliance on public cloud providers’ authentication, security, authorization
and access control mechanisms, a lack of control over the public cloud’s redundancy and security systems and fault tolerances, and a reduced ability to
control data security and privacy.

Our efforts to establish public cloud-based data centers for our international operations may be unsuccessful and may present execution and competitive
risks.

We are in the process of establishing new public cloud deployments to facilitate our platform in certain international markets. We have partnered with a
third-party to develop, test and deploy our technology to offer a full stack of services on the public cloud in certain international markets. If we are successful,
in deployment of our technology to the public cloud, we may expand our public cloud deployments to facilitate our platform in the U.S. and in additional
international markets. Our public cloud-based platform offering is critical to developing and providing our solution to our clients, scaling our business for
future growth, accurately maintaining data and otherwise operating our business. Infrastructure buildouts on the public cloud are complex, time-consuming
and may involve substantial expenditures. In addition, the implementation of public cloud-based data centers involves risks inherent in the conversion to a
new system, including loss of information and potential disruption to our normal operations. Even once we implement public cloud-based data centers, we
may discover deficiencies in the design, implementation or maintenance of the system that could materially harm our business.

Shifts over time or from quarter-to-quarter in the mix of sizes or types of organizations that purchase our solution or changes in the components of our
solution purchased by our clients could affect our gross margins and operating results.

Our strategy is to sell our solution to both smaller and larger organizations. Our gross margins can vary depending on numerous factors related to the

implementation and use of our solution, including the features and number of agent seats purchased by our clients and the level of usage and professional
services and support required by our clients. For example, our larger clients typically require more professional services and because our professional services
offerings typically have negative margins, any increase in sales of professional services could harm our gross margins and operating results. We also have
lower margins on our usage revenues. Sales to larger organizations may also entail longer sales cycles and more significant selling efforts and expense.
Selling to smaller clients may involve smaller contract sizes, fewer opportunities to sell additional services, a higher likelihood of contract terminations, lower
returns on sales and marketing expense, fewer potential agent seats and greater credit risk and uncertainty. If the mix of organizations that purchase our
solution, or the mix of solution components purchased by our clients, changes unfavorably, our revenues and gross margins could decrease and our operating
results could be harmed.

We continue to expand our international operations, which exposes us to significant risks.

To date, we have not generated significant revenues outside of the U.S., Canada and the U.K. However, we already have significant operations outside

these countries and we expect to grow our international presence in the future. The future success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to expand
our operations and customer base to other countries. Operating in international markets requires significant resources and management attention and will
subject us to regulatory, economic, and political risks that are different from those in the U.S. In addition, in order to effectively market and sell our solutions
in international markets, we will be required to localize our solutions, including the language in which our solutions are offered, which will increase our costs,
could result in delays in offering our solutions in these markets and may decrease the effectiveness of our sales efforts. Due to our limited experience with
international operations and developing and managing sales and distribution channels in international markets, our international expansion efforts may not be
successful.

27

Table of Contents

Sales to clients outside the United States or with international operations and our international sales efforts and operations support expose us to risks
inherent in international sales and operations.

A key element of our growth strategy is to expand our international sales efforts and develop a worldwide client base. Because of our limited

experience with international sales, our international expansion may not be successful and may not produce the return on investment we expect. To date, we
have realized only a small portion of our revenues from clients outside the United States, with approximately 92% of our revenue for the year ended
December 31, 2019 derived from clients with billing addresses in the United States.

Our international employees are primarily located in the Philippines, where technical support, training and other professional services are performed,

and Russia, where portions of engineering and operations are performed. We have increased our sales, marketing and support personnel in the U.K. to
maintain and support our European data centers. Operating in international markets requires significant resources and management attention and subjects us
to intellectual property, regulatory, economic and political risks that are different from those in the United States. As we increase our international sales efforts
and continue our other international operations, we will face risks in doing business internationally that could harm our business, including:

•

•

•

•

•

the need to establish and protect our brand in international markets;

the need to localize and adapt our solution for specific countries, including translation into foreign languages and associated costs and expenses;

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations, particularly hiring and training qualified sales and service personnel;

the need to implement and offer customer care, in various languages;

different pricing environments, longer sales and accounts receivable payment cycles and collections issues;

• weaker protection for intellectual property and other legal rights than in the U.S. and practical difficulties in enforcing intellectual property and other

rights outside of the U.S.;

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

privacy and data protection laws and regulations that are complex, expensive to comply with and may require that client data be stored and processed
in a designated territory;

increased risk of piracy, counterfeiting and other misappropriation of our intellectual property in our locations outside the U.S.;

new and different sources of competition;

general economic conditions in international markets;

fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies, which may make our solution more expensive in other countries or may increase
our costs, impacting our operating results when translated into U.S. dollars;

compliance challenges related to the complexity of multiple, conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations, including employment,
tax, telecommunications and telemarketing laws and regulations;

increased risk of international telecom fraud;

laws and business practices favoring local competitors;

compliance with laws and regulations applicable to foreign operations and cross border transactions, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the
U.K. Bribery Act and other anti-corruption laws, supply chain restrictions, import and export control laws, tariffs, trade barriers, economic sanctions
and other regulatory or contractual limitations on our ability to sell our solution in certain foreign markets, and the risks and costs of non-
compliance;

increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;

restrictions or taxes on the transfer of funds;

adverse tax consequences; and

unstable economic and political conditions and potential accompanying shifts in laws and regulations. 

These risks could harm our international operations, increase our operating costs and hinder our ability to grow our international business and,

consequently, our overall business and results of operations. In addition, if the political and military situation in Russia and Ukraine, or the relationship
between Russia and the United States, significantly worsens, or if either Russia or the United States imposes or implements new or augmented economic
sanctions, supply chain restrictions, or other restrictions on doing business, and we are restricted or precluded from

28

Table of Contents

continuing our software development operations in Russia, our costs could increase, and our product development efforts, business and results of operations
could be significantly harmed.

In addition, compliance with laws and regulations applicable to our international operations increases our cost of doing business outside the United

States. We may be unable to keep current with changes in foreign government requirements and laws as they change from time to time, which often occurs
with minimal or no advance notice. Failure to comply with these regulations could harm our business. In many countries outside the United States, it is
common for others to engage in business practices that are prohibited by our internal policies and procedures or United States or international regulations
applicable to us. Although we have implemented policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with these laws and policies, there can be no
assurance that all of our employees, contractors, strategic partners and agents will comply with these laws and policies. Violations of laws or key control
policies by our employees, contractors, strategic partners or agents could result in delays in revenue recognition, financial reporting misstatements, fines,
delays in filing financial reports required as a public company, penalties, or prohibitions on selling our solution, any of which could harm our business.

We have a history of losses and we may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability.

We have incurred significant losses in each annual period since our inception in 2001. We incurred net losses of $4.6 million, $0.2 million and $9.0
million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, we had an accumulated deficit of $156.0 million.
These losses and our accumulated deficit reflect the substantial investments we have made, and continue to make, to develop our solution and acquire new
clients, among other expenses. We expect the dollar amount of our costs and expenses to increase in the future as revenue increases, although at a slower rate.
We expect our losses to continue for the foreseeable future as we continue to invest in research and development and expand our business. We also have lower
margins on our professional services, which are expected to continue in the medium term. In addition, as a public company, we incur significant legal,
accounting and other expenses. Our historical or recent growth in revenues is not necessarily indicative of our future performance. Accordingly, there is no
assurance that we will achieve profitability in the future or that, if we do become profitable, we will sustain profitability.

Our recent growth makes it difficult to evaluate and predict our current business and future prospects.

While we have been in existence since 2001, much of our growth has occurred in recent years. Our recent growth may make it difficult for investors to

evaluate our current business and our future prospects. We have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by
growing companies in rapidly changing industries, including increasing and unforeseen expenses as we continue to grow our business.

Our ability to forecast our future operating results is limited and subject to a number of uncertainties, including our ability to predict revenue and
expense levels, and plan for and model future growth. We have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by
growing companies in rapidly changing industries, such as the risks and uncertainties described in this annual report. If our assumptions regarding these risks
and uncertainties, which we use to plan our business, are incorrect or change due to adjustments in our markets or our competitors and their product offerings,
or if we do not address these risks successfully, our operating and financial results could differ materially from our expectations and our business could suffer.

Development of our AI solutions to make agents more efficient and improve customer experience may not be successful and may result in reputational
harm and our future operating results could be materially harmed.

We plan to increase and provide our customers with AI-powered applications, including conversational virtual agents, agent assistance and business
insights. While we aim for our AI-powered applications to make agents more efficient and improve customer experience, our AI models may not achieve
sufficient levels of accuracy. In addition, we may not be able to acquire sufficient training data or our training data may contain biased information.
Furthermore, the costs of AI technologies, such as speech recognition and natural language processing, may be too high for market adoption. Our competitors
or other organizations may incorporate AI features into their products more quickly or more successfully and their AI features may achieve higher market
acceptance than ours, which may result in us failing to recoup our investments in developing AI-powered applications. Should any of these items or others
occur, our ability to compete, our reputation and operating results may be materially and adversely affected.

29

Table of Contents

If our solution fails, or is perceived to fail, to perform properly or if it contains technical defects, our reputation could be harmed, our market share may
decline and we could be subject to product liability claims.

Our solution may contain undetected errors or defects that may result in failures or otherwise cause our solution to fail to perform in accordance with

client expectations and contractual obligations. Moreover, our clients could incorrectly implement or inadvertently misuse our products, which could result in
client dissatisfaction and harm the perceived utility of our products and our brand. Because our clients use our solution for mission-critical aspects of their
business, any real or perceived errors or defects in, or other performance problems with, our solution may damage our clients’ businesses and could
significantly harm our reputation. If that occurs, we could lose future sales, or our existing clients could cancel our solution, seek payment credits, seek
damages against us, or delay or withhold payment to us, which could result in reduced revenues, an increase in our provision for uncollectible accounts and
service credits, an increase in collection cycles for accounts receivable, and harm our financial results. In addition, since telecommunications billing and
associated telecom taxes and the related calculations and billing of telecom taxes are inherently complex and require highly sophisticated information systems
to administer, our billing system may experience errors or we may improperly operate the system, which could result in the system incorrectly calculating the
fees owed by our clients or related taxes and administrative fees. Clients also may make indemnification or warranty claims against us, which could result in
significant expense and risk of litigation. Product performance problems could result in loss of market share, reputational harm, failure to achieve market
acceptance and the diversion of development resources.

Any product liability, intellectual property, warranty or other claims against us could damage our reputation and relationships with our clients, and
could require us to spend significant time and money in litigation or pay significant settlements or damages. Although we maintain general liability insurance,
including coverage for errors and omissions, this coverage may not be sufficient to cover liabilities resulting from such claims. Also, our insurers may
disclaim coverage. Our liability insurance also may not continue to be available to us on reasonable terms, in sufficient amounts, or at all. Any contract or
product liability claims successfully brought against us would harm our business.

We are subject to many hazards and operational risks that can disrupt our business, some of which may not be insured or fully covered by insurance.

Our operations are subject to many hazards inherent in the cloud contact center software business, including:

• damage to third-party and our infrastructure and data centers, related equipment and surrounding properties caused by earthquakes, hurricanes,

tornadoes, floods, fires and other natural disasters, explosions and acts of terrorism;

• security breaches resulting in loss or disclosure of confidential client and customer data and potential liability to clients and non-client third parties for

such losses on disclosures; and

• other hazards that could also result in suspension of operations, personal injury and even loss of life. 

These risks could result in substantial losses and the curtailment or suspension of our operations. For example, in the event of a major earthquake along

the West Coast of the United States (where our corporate headquarters and one of our data centers are located), hurricane, tropical storm, flooding or severe
weather in the southeastern United States (where our other U.S. data center is located) or catastrophic events such as fire, power loss, telecommunications
failure, cyber-attack, war or terrorist attack, we may be unable to continue our operations and may endure system and service interruptions, reputational harm,
delays in product development, breaches of data security and loss of critical data, any of which could harm our business and operating results.

We are not insured against all claims, events or accidents that might occur. If a significant accident or event occurs that is not fully insured, if we fail to

recover all anticipated insurance proceeds for significant accidents or events for which we are insured, or if we or our data center providers fail to reopen
facilities damaged by such accidents or events, our operations and financial condition could be harmed. In addition to being denied coverage under existing
insurance policies, we may not be able to maintain or obtain insurance of the type and amount we desire at reasonable rates.

The contact center software solutions market is subject to rapid technological change, and we must develop and sell incremental and new features and
products in order to maintain and grow our business.

The contact center software solutions market is characterized by rapid changes in client requirements, frequent introductions of new and enhanced

products and features and continuing and rapid technological advancement. To

30

Table of Contents

compete successfully, we must continue to devote significant resources to design, develop, deploy and sell new and enhanced contact center products,
applications and features that provide increasingly higher capabilities, performance and stability at lower cost. If we are unable to develop or acquire new
features for our existing solution or new applications that achieve market acceptance or that keep pace with technological developments, our business would
be harmed. For example, we are focused on enhancing the reliability, features and functionality of our contact center solution to enhance its utility to our
clients, particularly larger clients, with complex, dynamic and global operations. The success of these enhancements depends on many factors, including
timely development, introduction and market acceptance, as well as our ability to transition our existing clients to these new products, applications and
features. Failure in this regard may significantly impair our revenue growth. In addition, because our solution is designed to operate on a variety of systems,
we need to continuously modify and enhance our solution to keep pace with changes in hardware, operating systems, the increasing trend toward multi-
channel communications and other changes to software technologies. We may not be successful in developing or acquiring these modifications and
enhancements or bringing them to market in a timely fashion. Furthermore, uncertainties about the timing and nature of new network platforms or
technologies, or modifications to existing platforms or technologies, could delay introduction of changes and updates to our solution and increase our research
and development expenses. Any failure of our solution to operate effectively, including with future network platforms and technologies, could reduce the
demand for our solution, result in client dissatisfaction and harm our business.

Our ability to continue to enhance our solution is dependent on adequate research and development resources. If we are not able to adequately fund our
research and development efforts, we may not be able to compete effectively and our business and operating results may be harmed.

In order to remain competitive, we must devote significant and increasing resources to develop new solution offerings, features and enhancements to

our existing cloud contact center software, which will increase our research and development and operating expenses. Our research and development
expenses totaled $45.2 million, $34.2 million and $27.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Maintaining adequate
research and development personnel and resources to meet the demands of the market is essential. If we are unable to develop products, applications or
features internally due to constraints, such as high employee turnover, insufficient cash, inability to hire sufficient research and development personnel or a
lack of other research and development resources, we may miss market opportunities. Furthermore, many of our competitors have greater financial resources
and expend considerably greater amounts on their research and development programs than we do, and those that do not may be acquired by larger companies
that would allocate greater resources to our competitors’ research and development programs. Our failure to devote adequate research and development
resources or compete effectively with the research and development programs of our competitors could harm our business.

If we are unable to maintain the compatibility of our software with other products and technologies, our business would be harmed.

Our clients often integrate our solution with their business applications, particularly third-party CRM solutions. These third-party providers or their

partners could alter their products so that our solution no longer integrates well with them, or they could delay or deny our access to technology releases that
allow us to adapt our solution to integrate with their products in a timely fashion. If we cannot adapt our solution to changes in complementary technology
deployed by our clients, it may significantly impair our ability to compete effectively.

Our business could be harmed if our clients are not satisfied with the professional services and technical support provided by us or our partners.

Our business depends on our ability to satisfy our clients, not only with respect to our solution, but also with the professional services and technical
support that are required for our clients to implement and use our solution to address their business needs. Professional services and technical support may be
performed by our own staff or, in a select subset of cases, by third parties. Our professional services offerings typically have negative margins. Accordingly,
any increase in sales of professional services could harm our gross margins and operating results. We will need to continue to expand and optimize our
professional services and technical support in order to keep up with new client installations and ongoing service, which takes time and expense to implement.
Identifying and recruiting qualified service personnel and training them in our solution is difficult and competitive and requires significant time, expense and
attention. We may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in client demand for support services. We also may be unable to
modify the format of our support services

31

Table of Contents

or change our pricing to compete with changes in support services provided by our competitors. Increased client demand for these services, without
corresponding revenues, could increase our costs and harm our operating results. If a client is not satisfied with the deployment and ongoing services
performed by us or a third party, we could lose clients, miss opportunities to expand our business with these clients, incur additional costs, or suffer reduced
(including negative) margins on our service revenue, any of which could damage our ability to grow our business. In addition, negative publicity related to
our professional services and technical support, regardless of its accuracy, may damage our business by affecting our ability to compete for new business with
current and prospective clients.

We depend on our senior management team, and the loss of one or more key employees or an inability to attract and retain highly skilled executives and
other employees could harm our business and results of operations.

Our success depends, in part, upon the performance and continued services of our executive officers and senior management team. If our executive
leadership team fails to perform effectively or if we fail to attract or retain our key executives or senior management, our business, financial condition or
results of operations could be harmed. We also rely on our leadership team in the areas of research and development, marketing, sales, services and general
and administrative functions, and on mission-critical individual contributors. The loss of one or more of our executive officers or key employees could
seriously harm our business. We currently do not maintain key person life insurance policies on any of our employees.

To execute our growth plan, we must attract and retain highly qualified personnel and we may incur significant costs (including stock-based

compensation expense) to do so. Competition for these personnel is intense, especially for senior executives, engineers highly experienced in designing and
developing cloud software and for senior sales personnel. We have, from time to time, experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in
hiring and retaining employees with appropriate qualifications. We invest significant time and expense in training our employees, which increases their value
to competitors who may seek to recruit them and increases our costs. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel,
particularly our executive officers and senior management team, our business and future growth prospects would be harmed. Many of the companies with
which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have. If we hire employees from competitors or other companies, their former
employers may attempt to assert that these employees or we have breached legal obligations, resulting in a diversion of our time and resources and,
potentially, damages.

Volatility or lack of performance in the trading price of our common stock may also affect our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel because

job candidates and existing employees often emphasize the value of the stock awards they receive in connection with their employment when considering
whether to accept or continue employment. If the perceived value of our stock awards is low or declines, it may harm our ability to recruit and retain highly
skilled employees.

If we fail to grow our marketing capabilities and develop widespread brand awareness cost effectively, our business may suffer.

Our ability to increase our client base and achieve broader market acceptance of our cloud contact center software solution will depend to a significant
extent on our ability to expand our marketing operations. We plan to continue to dedicate significant resources to our marketing programs, including internet
advertising, digital marketing campaigns, social media, trade shows, industry events, co-marketing with strategic partners, telemarketing and out of home
campaigns. The effectiveness of our internet advertising has varied over time and may vary in the future due to competition for key search terms, changes in
search engine use and changes in the search algorithms used by major search engines. All of these efforts will continue to require us to invest significant
financial and other resources in our marketing efforts. Our business will be seriously harmed if our efforts and expenditures do not generate a proportionate
increase in revenue.

In addition, we believe that developing and maintaining widespread awareness of our brand in a cost-effective manner, both in the United States and
internationally, is critical to achieving widespread acceptance of our solution and attracting new clients. Brand promotion activities may not generate client
awareness or increase revenues, and even if they do, any increase in revenues may occur after the expense has been incurred, and may not offset the costs and
expenses of building our brand. If we fail to successfully promote, maintain and protect our brand, or incur substantial costs and expenses, we may fail to
attract or retain clients necessary to realize a sufficient return on our brand-building efforts, or to achieve the widespread brand awareness that is critical to
increasing client adoption of our solution.

32

Table of Contents

We may not be able to secure additional financing on favorable terms, or at all, to meet our future capital needs.

To date, we have financed our operations, primarily through sales of our solution, lease facilities and the net proceeds from our equity and debt
financings, including the sale of our convertible senior notes. We do not know when or if our operations will generate sufficient cash to fund our ongoing
operations. We may require additional capital to respond to business opportunities, challenges, acquisitions, a decline in sales, increased regulatory
obligations or unforeseen circumstances and may engage in equity or debt financings or enter into credit facilities.

We have a substantial amount of debt. As of December 31, 2019, we had approximately $258.8 million in principal amount outstanding under our

convertible senior notes entered into in May 2018. See Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements.

Any debt financing obtained by us in the future would cause us to incur additional debt service expenses and could include restrictive covenants
relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and
pursue business opportunities and could be secured by all of our assets. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt
securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution in their percentage ownership of our company, and any new equity securities we issue
could have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on
terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to grow and support our business and to respond to business challenges could be
significantly limited.

We may acquire other companies or technologies or be the target of strategic transactions, which could divert our management’s attention, result in
additional dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and harm our operating results.

We may acquire or invest in businesses, applications or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our solution, enhance our technical

capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. For instance, in the fourth quarter of 2019, we completed our acquisition of substantially all of the assets
of Whendu, including its iPaaS platform, and in the second quarter of 2020, we expect to complete the acquisition of CSI. The pursuit of potential
acquisitions may divert the attention of management, and cause us to incur various costs and expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing acquisitions,
whether or not they are consummated. We may not be able to identify desirable acquisition targets or be successful in entering into an agreement with any
particular target.

To date, the growth in our business has been primarily organic, and we have limited experience in acquiring other businesses, having only completed

one small acquisition in 2013, the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Whendu, in the fourth quarter of 2019, and the signing of a definitive
agreement to acquire CSI in the first quarter of 2020. With respect to these recent acquisitions and any future acquisitions, we may not be able to successfully
integrate acquired personnel, operations and technologies, or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition. We also may not achieve
the anticipated benefits from these or any future acquisitions due to a number of factors, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

inability to integrate or benefit from acquisitions in a profitable manner;

unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition, including legal claims arising from the activities of companies or businesses we
acquire;

acquisition-related costs;

difficulty converting the clients of the acquired business to our solution and contract terms, including due to disparities in the revenue, licensing,
support or professional services model of the acquired company;

difficulty integrating the accounting systems, operations and personnel of the acquired business;

difficulties and additional costs and expenses associated with supporting legacy products and the hosting infrastructure of the acquired business;

diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

harm to our existing relationships with our partners and clients as a result of the acquisition;

the loss of our or the acquired business’s key employees;

diversion of resources that could have been more effectively deployed in other parts of our business; and

use of substantial portions of our available cash to consummate the acquisition. 

33

Table of Contents

In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies and businesses we acquire may be allocated to acquired goodwill and other

intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. If our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take
charges to our operating results based on this impairment assessment process, which could harm our results of operations.

Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities, the use of our available cash, or the incurrence of additional debt to fund such

acquisitions, which could harm our operating results. If an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our operating results, business and financial
condition could suffer.

In addition, third parties may be interested in acquiring us. We will continue to consider, evaluate and negotiate such transactions as we deem

appropriate. Such potential transactions may divert the attention of management, and cause us to incur various costs and expenses in investigating, evaluating
and negotiating such transactions, whether or not they are consummated.

If we are unable to maintain and further develop effective internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and
completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock may decrease.

As a public company, we are required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal

controls. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal control
over financial reporting and provide a management report and attestation from our independent registered public accountant on our internal control over
financial reporting. This attestation has and will continue to increase our independent public accountant costs and expenses.

If we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are

effective, which could cause our stock price to decline. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over
financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or
detected on a timely basis.

If we have material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our financial statements

may be materially misstated. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the
requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, if we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective or if our independent
registered public accounting firm is unable to attest that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, investors may lose confidence in the
accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could decrease. We could also become subject to stockholder or
other third-party litigation as well as investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which
could require additional financial and management resources and could result in fines, penalties, trading suspensions or other remedies.

Changes in financial accounting standards or practices may cause adverse, unexpected financial reporting fluctuations and affect our reported operating
results.

U.S. GAAP is subject to interpretation by the FASB, the SEC and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles.
A change in accounting standards or practices can have a significant effect on our reported results and may even affect our financial statements issued before
the change is effective. New accounting pronouncements and varying interpretations of accounting pronouncements have occurred and will occur in the
future. Changes to existing rules or the questioning of current practices may harm our reported financial results or the way we account for or conduct our
business.

For example, in May 2014, the FASB issued new revenue recognition rules under Accounting Standard Codification 606 - Revenue from Contracts with

Customers (“ASC 606”), which included a single set of rules and criteria for revenue recognition to be used across all industries. We adopted this new
standard in January 2018 using a modified retrospective method. With the adoption of this standard, the timing of our commission expense recognition
changed, which caused fluctuations in our operating results. See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for more information.

34

Table of Contents

Further, in February 2016, the FASB issued new rules for leases under the Accounting Standard Codification 842 - Leases (“ASC 842”), which requires

a lessee to recognize assets and liabilities for both finance, previously known as capital, and operating leases with lease terms of more than 12 months. We
adopted this new standard in January 2019 using a modified retrospective method. With the adoption of this standard, we recognized right-of-use, or ROU,
assets and lease liabilities for operating leases. See Note 1 and 13 to consolidated financial statements for more information.

The application of any new accounting guidance is, and will be, based on all information available to us as of the date of adoption and up through

subsequent interim reporting, including transition guidance published by the standard setters. However, the interpretation of these new standards may
continue to evolve as other public companies adopt the new guidance and the standard setters issue new interpretative guidance related to these rules. As a
result, changes in the interpretation of these rules could result in material adjustments to our application of the new guidance, which could have a material
effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, any difficulties in implementing these pronouncements could cause us to fail to meet
our financial reporting obligations, which could result in regulatory discipline, cessation or disruption of trading in our common stock and harm investors’
confidence in us.

In addition, certain factors have in the past and may in the future cause us to defer recognition of revenues. For example, the inclusion in our client
contracts of non-standard terms, such as acceptance criteria, could require the deferral of revenue. To the extent that such contracts become more prevalent in
the future our revenue may be harmed.

Because of these factors and other specific requirements under U.S. GAAP for revenue recognition, we must have precise terms and conditions in our
arrangements in order to recognize revenue when we deliver our solution or perform our professional services. Negotiation of mutually acceptable terms and
conditions can extend our sales cycle, and we may accept terms and conditions that do not permit revenue recognition at the time of delivery.

The results of the U.K.’s withdrawal from the European Union may have a negative effect on global economic conditions, financial markets and our
business.

In June 2016, a majority of voters in the U.K. elected to withdraw from the European Union in a national referendum, referred to as Brexit. The U.K.

withdrew from the European Union on January 31, 2020. Brexit has created significant uncertainty about the future relationship between the U.K. and the
European Union, including with respect to the laws and regulations that will apply or continue to apply in the U.K. following Brexit as the U.K. and the
European Union determine which European Union laws and regulations to replace, replicate, or amend after the effectiveness of Brexit.

Brexit has harmed and may continue to harm global economic conditions, as well as the stability of global financial markets. For example, Brexit

introduced significant volatility in global stock markets and currency exchange rate fluctuations that resulted in the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against
foreign currencies in which we conduct business. As part of Brexit, the U.K. and the European Union entered into a withdrawal agreement that includes,
among other things, an implementation and transition period lasting from January 31, 2020 until December 31, 2020, which is referred to herein as the
Transition Period. During the Transition Period, the terms governing future trade and economic relations between the U.K. and the European Union will be
negotiated. Also during the Transition Period, the U.K. is legally no longer a Member State of the European Union, but it continues to be subject to all
existing European Union laws, regulations, and directives and continues to participate in the European Single Market. Based on the current political climate,
there is no guarantee that the U.K. and the European Union will reach an agreement on future trade and economic relations before the end of the Transition
Period. It is unclear what financial, trade and legal implications would flow from the Transition Period ending and the U.K. no longer participating in the
European Single Market without an agreement governing future trading and economic relations between the U.K. and the European Union, and how such an
event would affect our business, operations, and financial performance.

In addition, the potential strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies (including the British pound) would make our solution more
expensive to international clients and may harm our international sales. Brexit could also cause disruptions to, and create uncertainty surrounding, the global
economy, which could harm our ability to sell our solutions and may harm our results of operation, financial condition and cash flows. Brexit could also
affect our relationships with our existing and future clients, owners of our data center facilities in the U.K.

35

Table of Contents

and the Netherlands and our data center partners’ ability to retain and hire qualified employees, which could harm our business, business opportunities, results
of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We may not be able to utilize a significant portion of our net operating loss or research tax credit carryforwards, and under recently enacted lower federal
corporate tax rates such tax benefits will be of less value, which could harm our profitability and financial condition.

As of December 31, 2019, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards due to prior period losses of $274.4 million and $154.5 million,
respectively, which if not utilized will begin to expire in 2024 and 2028 for federal and state purposes, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, we also had
gross research credit carryforwards for federal and California state tax purposes of $4.4 million and $3.5 million, respectively. If not utilized, the federal
research credit carryforwards will begin to expire in 2024. The California research credit carryforwards do not expire. If we are unable to generate sufficient
taxable income to utilize our net operating loss and research tax credit carryforwards, these carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to offset
future income tax liabilities, which could harm our profitability and financial condition in future periods.

In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or IRC Section 382, our ability to utilize net operating loss

carryforwards or other tax attributes, such as research tax credits, in any taxable year may be limited if we experience an “ownership change.” An IRC
Section 382 “ownership change” generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who own at least 5% of our stock increase their
ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state
tax laws. We experienced an ownership change prior to 2014 and the disclosed amounts of our net operating losses and research credit carryforwards have
been reduced for the resulting effect of the IRC Section 382 limitations. Subsequent or future issuances or sales of our stock (including certain transactions
involving our stock that are outside of our control) could cause an “ownership change” again, which would impose an annual limit on the amount of pre-
ownership change net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes we can use to reduce our taxable income, potentially causing those tax attributes to
expire unused or to be reduced, and increasing and accelerating our liability for income taxes. It is possible that such an ownership change could materially
reduce our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards or other tax attributes to offset taxable income, which could require us to pay more income taxes
than if we were able to fully utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and harm our profitability.

In December 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was enacted. The effect of the new tax law, and its regulations and interpretations, as well as any
additional tax reform legislation in the United States or elsewhere, could harm our business and financial condition by, among other things, decreasing the
value of our net operating loss carryforwards. If we are required to reduce the value of our net operating loss carryforwards, we may be required to record a
corresponding charge to current earnings, which could harm our financial condition and results of operations in the period in which it is recorded.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our proprietary technology and our brand.

Our success and ability to compete depend in part upon our intellectual property. As of December 31, 2019, our intellectual property portfolio included
five registered U.S. trademarks, 10 issued U.S. patents, three pending U.S. patent application and one registered U.S. copyright. As of December 31, 2019, we
also had five issued patents, and nine trademark registrations outside the U.S. The expiration dates of our issued patents range from 2031 to 2034. We
primarily rely on copyright, trade secret and trademark laws, trade secret protection and confidentiality or license agreements with our employees, clients,
partners and others to protect our intellectual property rights. However, the steps we take to secure, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights may be
inadequate. We may not be able to obtain any further patents or trademarks, our current patents could be invalidated or our competitors could design their
products around our patented technology, and our pending applications may not result in the issuance of patents or trademarks. We have pending patent
applications and trademark registrations outside the U.S., and we may have to expend significant additional resources to obtain additional protection and
maintain current registrations as we expand our international operations. Furthermore, legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of
protection of intellectual property rights in other countries, including Russia, where we have significant research and development operations, and the
Philippines, where we have significant technical support, training and other professional services operations, are uncertain and may afford little or no effective

36

Table of Contents

protection of our proprietary technology, and the risk of intellectual property misappropriation may be higher in these countries. Consequently, we may be
unable to prevent our proprietary technology from being infringed or exploited abroad, which could affect our ability to expand into international markets or
require costly efforts to protect our technology.

In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect these rights. Litigation
brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time consuming and distracting to our management and could result in the
impairment or loss of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims
and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Accordingly, we may not be able to prevent third parties from
infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property. Our failure to secure, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could substantially
harm the value of our technology, solutions, brand and business.

We will likely continue to be subject to third-party intellectual property infringement claims.

There is considerable patent and other intellectual property development activity and litigation in our industry. Our success depends upon our not

infringing upon the intellectual property rights of others. Our competitors, as well as a number of other entities and individuals, may own or claim to own
intellectual property relating to our industry. From time to time, third parties have claimed that we are infringing upon their intellectual property rights. For
example, NobelBiz, Inc., or NobelBiz, filed a patent infringement lawsuit against us alleging that our local caller ID management service infringed on certain
of its patents. In December 2017, the lawsuit was settled and the case was dismissed in its entirety.

Certain technology necessary for us to provide our solution may be patented, copyrighted or otherwise protected by other parties either now or in the

future. In such case, we would have to negotiate a license for the use of that technology. We may not be able to negotiate such a license at a price that is
acceptable, or at all. The existence of such a patent, copyright or other protections, or our inability to negotiate a license for any such technology on
acceptable terms, could force us to cease using such technology and offering solutions incorporating such technology.

Others have claimed, or in the future may claim, that our solution and underlying technology infringe or violate their intellectual property rights.

However, we may be unaware of the intellectual property rights that others may claim cover some or all of our technology or solution. Any claims or
litigation could cause us to incur significant costs and expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could require that we pay substantial damages or
ongoing royalty payments, require that we refrain from using, manufacturing or selling certain offerings or features or using certain processes, prevent us
from offering our solution or certain features thereof, or require that we comply with other unfavorable terms, any of which could harm our business and
operating results. We may also be obligated to indemnify our clients or business partners and pay substantial settlement costs, including royalty payments, in
connection with any such claim or litigation and to obtain licenses, which could be costly. Even if we were to prevail in such a dispute, any litigation
regarding our intellectual property could be costly and time consuming and divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business
operations.

Indemnity provisions in various agreements potentially expose us to substantial liability for intellectual property infringement and other losses.

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into agreements of varying scope and terms pursuant to which we agree to indemnify clients, vendors,

lessors, business partners and other parties for third party claims with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, losses arising out of breach of
such agreements, certain claims related to third-party privacy or cyber security breaches or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third
parties. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers and certain employees that will require us, among other
things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors, officers or employees. Large indemnity
payments or damage claims from contractual breach could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. Although we typically
contractually limit our liability with respect to such obligations, we may still incur substantial liability related to them. Any dispute with a client with respect
to such obligations could be expensive, even if we ultimately prevail, and could harm on our relationship with that client and other current and prospective
clients, reduce demand for our solution and harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

37

Table of Contents

We employ third-party licensed software for use in or with our solution, and the inability to maintain these licenses or errors in the software we license
could result in increased costs, or reduced service levels, which could harm our business.

Our solution incorporates certain third-party software obtained under licenses from other companies. We anticipate that we will continue to rely on such

software from third parties in the future. Although we believe that there are commercially reasonable alternatives to the third-party software we currently
license, this may not be the case, or it may be difficult or costly to transition to other providers. In addition, integration of the software used in our solution
with new third-party software may require significant work and require substantial investment of our time and resources. To the extent that our solution
depends upon the successful operation of third-party software in conjunction with our software, any undetected errors or defects in this third-party software
could prevent the deployment or impair the functionality of our solution, delay new product or solution introductions, result in increased costs, or a failure of
our solution and injure our reputation. Our use of additional or alternative third-party software would require us to enter into license agreements with third
parties and to integrate such software to our solution.

There can be no assurance that the technology licensed by us will continue to provide competitive features and functionality or that licenses for
technology currently utilized by us or other technology that we may seek to license in the future, including to replace current third-party software, will be
available to us at a reasonable cost or on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Third-party licensors may also be acquired or go out of business, which
could preclude us from continuing to use such technology. The loss of, or inability to maintain, existing licenses could result in lost product features and
litigation. The loss of existing licenses could also result in implementation delays or reductions until equivalent technology or suitable alternative solutions
could be developed, identified, licensed and integrated, and could increase our costs and harm our business.

Our solution utilizes open source software, and any failure to comply with the terms of one or more of these open source licenses could negatively affect
our business.

Our solution includes software covered by open source licenses, which may include, for example, free general public use licenses, open source front-

end libraries and open source applications. The terms of various open source licenses have not been interpreted by United States courts, and there is a risk that
such licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to market our solution. By the terms of
certain open source licenses, we could be required to release the source code of our proprietary software, and to make our proprietary software available
under open source licenses, if we combine our proprietary software with open source software in a certain manner. In the event that portions of our
proprietary software are determined to be subject to an open source license, we could be required to publicly release the affected portions of our source code,
re-engineer all or a portion of our technologies, or otherwise be limited in the licensing of our technologies, each of which could reduce or eliminate the value
of our technologies and solutions. In addition to risks related to license requirements, usage of open source software can lead to greater risks than use of third-
party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on the origin of the software. Given the nature of open
source software, there is also a risk that third parties may assert copyright and other intellectual property infringement claims against us based on our use of
certain open source software programs. Many of the risks associated with the usage of open source software cannot be eliminated, and could harm our
business.

Risks Related to Regulatory Matters

Failure to comply with laws and regulations could harm our business and our reputation.

Our business is subject to regulation by various federal, state, local and foreign governmental agencies, including agencies responsible for monitoring
and enforcing employment and labor laws, workplace safety, environmental laws, privacy or data security laws, consumer protection laws, anti-bribery laws,
import/export controls, federal securities laws and tax laws and regulations. In certain jurisdictions, these regulatory requirements may be more stringent than
those in the United States and in other circumstances these requirements may be more stringent in the United States. Noncompliance with applicable
regulations or requirements could subject us to investigations, sanctions, mandatory recalls, notification obligations, enforcement actions, disgorgement of
profits, fines, damages, civil and criminal penalties or injunctions. If any governmental sanctions, fines or penalties are imposed, or if we do not prevail in any
civil or criminal litigation, our business, operating results, financial condition and reputation could be harmed. In addition, responding to any action will
likely result in a significant diversion of

38

Table of Contents

management’s attention and resources and an increase in professional fees. Enforcement actions and sanctions could further harm our business, operating
results, financial condition and reputation.

Alleged or actual failure to comply with the constantly evolving legal and contractual environment surrounding calling consumers and wireless phone
numbers by other companies or our competitors or governmental or private enforcement actions related thereto, could harm our business, financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The legal and contractual environment surrounding calling consumers and wireless phone numbers is constantly evolving. In the United States, two

federal agencies, the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC and the FCC, and various states have laws including, at the federal level, the Telephone Consumer
Protection Act of 1991, or TCPA, that restrict the placing of certain telephone calls and texts to residential and wireless telephone subscribers by means of
automatic telephone dialing systems, prerecorded or artificial voice messages and fax machines. These laws require companies to institute processes and
safeguards to comply with these restrictions. The legal interpretation of certain of the requirements of these laws has been in dispute before the courts and
federal agencies and the FCC is expected to conduct further rulemaking proceedings that may further alter its interpretation of the legal requirements
involved. Some of these laws, where a violation is established, can be enforced by the FTC, FCC, State Attorneys General, or private party litigants. In these
types of actions, the plaintiff may seek damages, statutory penalties, costs and/or attorneys’ fees.

We have designed our solution to comply with these laws. To the extent that our solution is viewed by clients or potential clients as less functional, or

more difficult to deploy or use, because of our solution’s compliance features, we may lose market share to competitors that do not include similar
compliance safeguards. Our contractual arrangements with our clients who use our solution to place calls also expressly require them to comply with all such
laws and to indemnify us for any failure to do so. We take numerous steps to reasonably confirm that the use of our services complies with applicable laws.
Even with these efforts, it is possible that the FTC, FCC, private litigants or others may attempt to hold our clients, or us as a software solution provider,
responsible for alleged violations of these laws. To the extent any court finds that the software solution violated a controlling legal standard, we could face
indemnification demands from our clients for costs, fees and damages with respect to calls placed using that solution. It also is possible that we may not
successfully enforce or collect upon our contractual indemnities from our clients. Defending such suits can be costly and time-consuming and could result in
fines, damages, expenses and losses. Additionally, these laws, and any changes to them or the interpretation thereof, that further restrict calling consumers,
including to wireless phone numbers, adverse publicity regarding the alleged or actual failure by companies, including our clients and competitors, to comply
with such laws or governmental or private enforcement actions related thereto, could result in a reduction in the use of our solution by our clients and
potential clients, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

On December 12, 2018, the FCC issued an order concluding that the Short Message Service, or SMS, or text messages, is an information service under

federal law and not a telecommunications service. The regulatory significance to us is that the FCC’s decision gives wireless carriers the flexibility to block
SMS messages if the carriers identify the messages as unwanted by their wireless customers. Such blocking efforts by carriers may make it more difficult for
our clients to use SMS messages that are provided by us as a part of our overall communications and outreach solution for our clients. Thus, although SMS
comprises only a very small portion of our revenue base, its future availability as an effective tool for communication and outreach for our clients and their
customers is uncertain and could cause our solution to be less valuable to clients and potential clients.

Increased taxes on our service may increase our clients’ cost of using our service and/or increase our costs and reduce our profit margins to the extent
the costs are not passed through to our clients, and we may be subject to liabilities for past sales and other taxes, surcharges and fees.

Based on analysis of our activities, we have determined that we are obligated to collect and remit U.S. state or local sales, use, gross receipts, excise

and utility user taxes, as well as fees or surcharges as a communications service provider in certain U.S. states, municipalities or local tax jurisdictions. We are
registered for collecting and remitting applicable taxes where such a determination has been made. Prior to our making such determination, we neither
collected nor remitted these taxes, fees or surcharges to applicable local, municipal or state jurisdictions. We continue to analyze our activities to determine if
we are subject to these taxes in additional jurisdictions and based on our ongoing assessment of our U.S. state and local tax collection and remittance
obligations, we register for tax

39

Table of Contents

and regulatory purposes in such jurisdictions and commence collecting and remitting applicable state and local taxes and surcharges to these jurisdictions.

We have accrued a contingent liability of $1.2 million for our best estimate of the probable amount of taxes and surcharges that may be imposed by

various states and municipalities on our activities, including our usage-based and subscription services, prior to registration. This contingent liability is based
on our analysis of a number of factors, including the source location of our usage-based fees, the taxability of our subscription services and the rules and
regulations in each state. The actual amount of state and local taxes and surcharges paid may differ from our estimates. See Note 10 to the consolidated
financial statements.

While we have accrued for these potential liabilities in each period, such accruals are based on analyses of our business activities, the operation of our
solution, applicable statutes, regulations and rules in each state and locality and estimates of sales subject to sales tax or other charges. State and local taxing
and regulatory authorities may challenge our position and may decide to audit our business and operations with respect to state or local sales, use, gross
receipts, excise and utility user taxes, fees or surcharges, which could result in our being liable for taxes, fees, or surcharges, as well as related penalties and
interest, above our recorded accrued liability or additional liability for taxes, fees, or surcharges, as well as penalties and interest for our clients, which could
harm our results of operations and our relationships with our clients. In addition, if our international sales grow, additional foreign countries may seek to
impose sales or other tax collection obligations on us, which would increase our exposure to liability.

The applicability of state or local taxes, fees or surcharges relative to services such as ours is complex, ambiguous and subject to interpretation and

change. If states enact new legislation or if taxing and regulatory authorities promulgate new rules or regulations or expand or otherwise alter their
interpretations of existing rules and regulations, we could incur additional liabilities. In addition, the collection of additional taxes, fees or surcharges in the
future could increase our prices or reduce our profit margins. Compliance with new or existing legislation, rules or regulations may also make us less
competitive with those competitors who are not subject to, or choose not to comply with, such legislation, rules or regulations. We have incurred, and will
continue to incur, substantial ongoing costs associated with complying with state or local tax, fee or surcharge requirements in the numerous markets in which
we conduct or will conduct business.

Our ability to offer services outside the United States is subject to different regulatory and taxation requirements, which may be complicated and
uncertain.

As we continue to expand the sale and implementation of our solutions internationally, we will be subject to additional regulations, taxes, surcharges

and fees. Compliance with these new complex regulatory requirements differ from country to country, and are frequently changing and may impose
substantial compliance burdens on our business. At times, it may be difficult to determine which laws and regulations apply and we may discover that we are
required to comply with certain laws and regulations after having provided services for some time in that jurisdiction, which could subject us to retroactive
taxes, fees and penalties, and we may be subject to conflicting requirements. For example, prior to 2016, we had not collected taxes on our sales in Canada.
During the second quarter of 2015, we reviewed the taxability of our sales in Canada and determined that we were obligated to collect from our Canadian
clients and remit such taxes to the Canadian federal government and certain provincial governments Value-added Taxes and/or Provincial Sales Taxes. We
commenced collecting and remitting such taxes in January 2016. Additionally, as we expand internationally, the risk that governments will regulate or impose
new or increased taxes or fees on our services increases. Any such additional regulation or taxes could decrease the value of our international expansion and
harm our results of operations.

We are subject to assessments for unpaid USF contributions, as well as interest thereon and civil penalties, due to our late registration and past failure to
recognize our obligation as a USF contributor and as an international carrier.

We are classified as a telecommunications service provider for regulatory purposes and we are required to make direct contributions to the USF based

on revenue we receive from the resale of interstate and international telecommunications services. In order to comply with the obligation to make direct
contributions, we are registered with the Universal Service Administrative Company, or USAC, which is charged by the FCC with administering the USF, and
have been remitting the required contributions to USAC since our registration with USAC in April 2013.

In June 2015, in connection with our late registration with the USAC and past failure to make USF contributions prior to 2013, we entered into a

consent decree with the FCC Enforcement Bureau. In the consent

40

Table of Contents

decree, we agreed to pay a civil penalty of $2.0 million to the U.S. Treasury, which was paid in installments ending on December 31, 2018. We also agreed to
make USF contributions of $3.9 million based on our revenues for the period from 2008 to 2012. We are still in dispute with the FCC regarding whether we
are liable for USF contributions related to the period from 2003 through 2007. As of December 31, 2019, we had accrued $0.9 million in respect of the
remaining disputed assessments, including interest and penalties, for the period of 2003 through 2007. See Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements.

Although the effective period of the FCC consent decree has terminated, the FCC routinely imposes a higher expectation of regulatory compliance on

companies that were previously subject to consent decrees and any further violations of FCC rules could subject us to heightened enforcement action,
including higher fines and penalties.

Our ongoing obligations to pay federal, state and local telecommunications contributions and taxes may decrease our price advantage over, and ability

to compete with our competitors who are not subject to, or choose not to comply with, those requirements. In addition, if we are unable to continue to pass
some or all of the cost of these contributions and taxes to our clients, our profit margins on the minutes we resell will decrease. Our federal contributions and
tax obligations may significantly increase in the future, due to new interpretations by governing authorities, governmental budget pressures, changes in our
business model or solutions or other factors.

If we do not comply with FCC rules and regulations, we could be subject to further FCC enforcement actions, fines, loss of licenses and possibly
restrictions on our ability to operate or offer certain of our services.

Since our business is regulated by the FCC, we are subject to existing or potential FCC regulations relating to privacy, disability access, porting of

numbers, USF contributions and other requirements. If we do not comply with FCC rules and regulations, we could be subject to further FCC enforcement
actions, fines, loss of licenses and possibly restrictions on our ability to operate or offer certain of our services. Any further enforcement action by the FCC,
which may be a public process, would hurt our reputation in the industry, could impair our ability to sell our services to clients and could harm our business
and results of operations.

The regulations to which we are subject (in whole or in part) include:

•

•

•

•

•

the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act, or CALEA, which requires covered entities to assist law enforcement in undertaking
electronic surveillance;

contributions to the USF which requires that we pay a percentage of our revenues resulting from the provision of interstate telecommunications
services to support certain federal programs;

payment of annual FCC regulatory fees based on our interstate and international revenues;

rules pertaining to access to our services by people with disabilities and contributions to the Telecommunications Relay Services fund; and

FCC rules regarding Customer Proprietary Network Information, or CPNI, which prohibit us from using such information without client approval,
subject to certain exceptions.

If we do not comply with any current or future rules or regulations that apply to our business, we could be subject to additional and substantial fines and
penalties, we may have to restructure our solutions, exit certain markets, accept lower margins or raise the price of our solutions, any of which could harm our
business and results of operations.

Reform of federal and state USF programs could increase the cost of our service to our clients, diminishing or eliminating our pricing advantage.

The FCC and a number of states are considering reform or other modifications to USF programs. The way we calculate our contribution may change if

the FCC or certain states engage in reform or adopt other modifications.

Should the FCC or certain states adopt new contribution mechanisms or otherwise modify contribution obligations that increase our contribution

burden, we will either need to raise the amount we currently collect from our clients to cover this obligation or absorb the costs, which would reduce our
profit margins. Furthermore, the FCC has ruled that states can require us to contribute to state USF programs. A number of states already require us to
contribute, while others are actively considering extending their programs to include the solution we provide. Currently our USF contributions are borne by
our clients, which could result in our solution becoming less competitive as compared to products provided by our competitors.

41

Table of Contents

Privacy concerns and domestic or foreign laws and regulations may reduce the demand for our solution, increase our costs and harm our business.

Our clients use our solution to collect, transfer, use, and otherwise process, (collectively, Process or Processing), personal data regarding their
customers and potential customers. The Processing of personal data and other types of protected data subjects us and our customers to a number of domestic
and international laws that govern and regulate the Processing of personal data and other types of protected data. These laws regulate and address a range of
issues including data privacy (e.g., restrictions or technological or process requirements regarding the Processing of data), cybersecurity (e.g., requirements
for the protection of personal data against compromise of the confidentiality, integrity, or availability of personal data), breach notification, data governance,
and risk management and reporting. These laws can vary substantially from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, and are rapidly evolving. Domestic and international
government authorities are considering adopting, or may adopt, laws and regulations in the future, regarding the Processing of personal data obtained from
consumers and individuals.

Moreover, laws and regulations outside the United States, and particularly in the European Union, or EU, often are more restrictive than those in the
United States. Such laws and regulations may have more stringent compliance obligations in regards to data protection. By way of example, under the EU
General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, data subjects have the right to access, correct, and request deletion of personal data stored or maintained by
companies subject to GDPR, such companies may have shorter timeframes and broader requirements for informing data protection authorities and individuals
of security breaches that affect their personal data, and, in some cases, may be required to obtain individuals’ consent to process personal data for certain
purposes. We also may be bound by additional, more stringent contractual obligations relating to our collection, use, and disclosure of personal, financial, and
other data. It is possible that a governmental authority may implement a new law or interpret an existing law in a manner that limits our customers’ ability to
use our solutions or that requires us to make costly or detrimental changes in our solutions and services, whether on a one-time basis or as an ongoing
increase in our operating costs and expenses. Further, some laws might require us to disclose proprietary or confidential aspects of our solutions in a manner
that compromises the effectiveness of our solutions or that enables our competitors or bad actors to gain insight into the operation of our technology, enabling
them to copy or circumvent our solutions and thereby reducing the value of our technology.

The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, such laws and regulations that are applicable to us and the businesses of our clients may

limit the use and adoption of our solution and reduce overall demand for our solution. Also, failure to comply with such laws may lead to significant fines,
penalties or other regulatory liabilities, such as orders or consent decrees forcing us or our clients to modify business practices, and reputational damage or
third-party lawsuits for any noncompliance with such laws. Our business could be harmed if legislation or regulations are adopted, interpreted or implemented
in a manner that is inconsistent from country to country and inconsistent with our current policies and practices, or those of our clients.

Furthermore, privacy and data protection concerns may cause consumers to resist providing the personal data or other types of protected data that may

be subject to laws and regulations that is necessary to allow our clients to use our solution effectively. Even the perception of privacy concerns, whether or not
valid, may inhibit market adoption of our solution in certain industries or countries.

The European Union’s GDPR may continue to increase our costs and the costs of our clients to operate, limit the use of our solution or change the way
we operate, exposes us to substantial fines and penalties if we fail to comply, and has led to similar laws being enacted in other jurisdictions.

On May 25, 2018, the EU adopted the GDPR. The GDPR replaced the EU Data Protection Directive, also known as Directive 95/46/EC, and is
intended to harmonize data protection laws throughout the EU by applying a single data protection law that is binding throughout each member state. We and
many of our customers are subject to the GDPR based upon our processing of personal data collected from EU data subjects, such as our processing of
personal data of our customers in the EU and our processing of our EU employees’ personal data.

The GDPR enhances data protection obligations for processors and controllers of personal data, including, for example, expanded disclosures about
how personal information is to be used, limitations on retention of information, mandatory data breach notification requirements and onerous new obligations
on services providers. Non-compliance with the GDPR can trigger steep fines of up to €20 million or 4% of total worldwide annual turnover, whichever is
higher. The member states of the EU were tasked under the GDPR to enact certain implementing

42

Table of Contents

legislation that would add to or further interpret the GDPR requirements and this additional implementing legislation potentially extends our obligations and
potential liability for failing to meet such obligations.

Given the breadth and depth of changes in data protection obligations, our compliance with the GDPR’s requirements will continue to require time,
resources and review of the technology and systems we use to satisfy the GDPR’s requirements. We have ongoing procedures to maintain GDPR compliance.
We continue to deliver product features that enhance our data management and security in support of GDPR compliance.

Among the compliance obligations the GDPR raises for us and our customers are requirements regarding the transfer of personal data from the EU to
other jurisdictions, including the United States. In order to comply with the data transfer obligations imposed by the GDPR, we rely on the use of standard
contractual clauses issued by the European Commission. Where applicable, we also enter into data processing agreements including standard contractual
clauses approved by the Article 29 Working Party (now the Data Protection Board) to authorize the transfer of personal data from the EU and in support of
our data processing activities on behalf of our customers. Litigation challenging the adequacy of the standard contractual clauses could negatively impact the
operation of our business. The invalidation of the standard contractual clauses may require us to adopt costly or burdensome alternatives. It may be necessary
to establish additional systems and business operations in the EU to avoid the transfer of personal data out of the EU. Should a change in the conduct of our
business be required, it may involve substantial expense and the diversion of resources from other aspects of our business, all of which may harm our business
and results of operations.

Given the complexity of operationalizing the GDPR, the maturity level of proposed compliance frameworks and the relative lack of guidance in the
interpretation of its numerous requirements, we and our customers are at risk of enforcement actions taken by EU data protection authorities or litigation from
consumer advocacy groups acting on behalf of data subjects. This risk will likely remain until there is more guidance on the GDPR, including as to
implementing legislation enacted by the member states and enforcement actions taken by various data protection authorities.

The implementation of the GDPR has led other jurisdictions to amend, or propose legislation to amend, their existing data protection laws to align with

the requirements of the GDPR with the aim of obtaining an adequate level of data protection to facilitate the transfer of personal data from the EU.
Accordingly, the challenges we face in the EU will likely also apply to other jurisdictions outside the EU that adopt laws similar in construction to the GDPR
or regulatory frameworks of equivalent complexity.

The CCPA could increase our costs and the costs of our clients to operate, limit the use of our solution or change the way we operate, and expose us to
substantial fines and class action risk if we fail to comply, and lead to similar laws being enacted in other states.

In 2018, the State of California adopted the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018, or the CCPA. The CCPA applies to certain for-profit entities
doing businesses in California. We and our qualifying customers were required to comply with these requirements before the CCPA became effective on
January 1, 2020.

The CCPA establishes a new privacy framework for covered businesses by creating an expanded definition of personal information and creating new

data privacy rights for consumers in the State of California. As required by the statute, entities doing business in California have new and ongoing disclosure
obligations to consumers for whom they hold or process personal data. Businesses must also provide consumers with the right to dictate how their personal
information is used and shared. Complying with these obligations will involve continued expenditures that could increase as more consumers exercise their
rights under the statute.

The CCPA also creates a new and potentially severe statutory damages framework for violations of its provisions. The California Attorney General can

enforce the CCPA by seeking statutory penalties for failure to comply with the act. For businesses that fail to implement reasonable security procedures, the
CCPA also creates a private right of action for consumers whose personal data is subject to a data breach. This private right of action has the potential to
create significant class action liability for businesses, like ours, that operate in California. To protect against these new risks, it may be necessary to change
our insurance programs.

The CCPA was amended in September 2018 and in October 2019. Additional CCPA amendments have been proposed. It is unclear how, if at all, it may

be modified, or how it will be interpreted by the California Attorney General. Accordingly, modifications to the CCPA could create additional liability and
require costly expenditures to ensure continued compliance.

43

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

Our stock price has been volatile, may continue to be volatile and may decline, including due to factors beyond our control.

The market price of our common stock has been volatile in the past and may fluctuate significantly in the future in response to numerous factors, many

of which are beyond our control. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, the sale price per share of our common stock ranged from a low of
$40.82 to a high of $69.86. Factors that may contribute to continuing volatility in the price of our common stock include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;

the financial projections we provide to the public, any changes in these projections, our failure to meet these projections, or our failure to exceed
these projections by amounts or percentages expected by our investors and analysts;

failure of securities analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of our company, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our
company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

ratings changes by any securities analysts who follow our company;

sales of our common stock (or securities that convert to our common stock) by us or our significant stockholders, or the public announcement of
same;

the assessment of our business or position in our market published in research and other reports;

announcements by us or our competitors of significant product or technical innovations, financings, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint
ventures or capital commitments;

entry into the market by new competitors, or the introduction of new products or the generation of new sales by us or our competitors;

changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally, or those in the software as a service
industry in particular;

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, including as a result of trends in the U.S. or global economy;

any major change in our board of directors or management;

lawsuits threatened or filed against us;

security breaches or incidents impacting our clients or their customers and security breaches of companies that provide solutions similar to our
solution, which could negatively impact our industry as a whole;

legislation or regulation of our business, the internet and/or contact centers;

loss of key personnel;

new entrants into the contact center market, including the transition by providers of legacy on-premise contact center systems to cloud solutions;

the perceived or real impact of events that harm our direct competitors;

developments with respect to patents or proprietary rights;

general market conditions; and

other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism or responses to these events, which would be unrelated to our
business and industry, and outside of our control.

In addition, stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity

securities of many technology companies. Stock prices of many technology companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the
operating performance of those companies. These and other factors may disproportionately impact the trading price of our common stock. In the past,
stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it
could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business and harm our business, results of operations,
financial condition, reputation and cash flows.

44

Table of Contents

If securities or industry analysts discontinue publishing research or reports about our business, or publish negative reports about our business, our share
price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our
business, our market and our competitors. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our shares
or change their opinion of our shares or our business, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or
fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in financial markets or our industry market, which could cause our share price or trading
volume to decline.

Substantial future sales of shares of our common stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

The market price of shares of our common stock could decline as a result of substantial sales of our common stock, particularly sales by our directors,

executive officers and significant stockholders or the perception in the market that holders of a large number of shares intend to sell their shares.

The future registration of shares of our common stock may cause our stock price to decline, even before such shares are actually sold in the market. We

have registered shares of common stock that we may issue under our employee equity incentive plans. These shares can be sold freely in the public market
upon issuance.

We are unable to predict the effect that sales, or the perception that our shares may be available for sale, will have on the prevailing market price of our

common stock.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, limit attempts by
our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our common stock.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of delaying or preventing a

change in control or changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

provide that our board of directors is classified into three classes of directors;
provide that stockholders may remove directors only for cause and only with the approval of holders of at least 66 2⁄3% of our then outstanding
capital stock;

provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors;

provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a
majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

provide that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, and may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders;

provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a
meeting of stockholders must provide notice in writing in a timely manner, and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a
stockholder’s notice;

restrict the forum for certain litigation against us to Delaware;

do not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any
election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election);

provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board, our chief executive officer or the board of
directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors; and

provide that stockholders will be permitted to amend our amended and restated bylaws and certain parts of our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation only upon receiving at least 662/3% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of all outstanding shares then entitled to vote generally in
the election of directors, voting together as a single class.  

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult
for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because we
are incorporated in Delaware,

45

Table of Contents

we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging
in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder
became an “interested” stockholder.

The existence of these provisions could negatively affect the price of our common stock and limit opportunities for you to realize value in a corporate

transaction.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for
substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes
with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of

the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of
breach of fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or to our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising
pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law or (4) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The choice of forum
provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other
employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of
forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional
costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

We have never paid cash dividends and do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay

any dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to
applicable laws, and will depend on a number of factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions,
including under any future loan facilities, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. While our convertible
senior notes do not prohibit payment of dividends, any dividends declared and paid by our board of directors would result in an adjustment to the conversion
rate of such notes such that additional shares would be issuable upon conversion. Accordingly, holders of our common stock must rely on sales of their
common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investments.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Convertible Senior Notes

Servicing our debt may require a significant amount of cash. We may not have sufficient cash flow from our business to pay our indebtedness, and we
may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to settle for cash conversions of the convertible senior notes or to repurchase the convertible senior
notes for cash upon a fundamental change, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

In May 2018, we issued $258.8 million in aggregate principal amount of convertible senior notes in a private offering. The interest rate is fixed at
0.125% per annum and is payable semiannually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year, beginning on November 1, 2018. Our ability to make
scheduled payments of principal, interest, or to refinance our indebtedness, including the convertible senior notes, depends on our future performance, which
is subject to economic, financial, competitive and other factors beyond our control. Our business may not generate cash flows from operations in the future
that are sufficient to service our debt and make necessary capital expenditures. If we are unable to generate such cash flows, we may be required to adopt one
or more alternatives, such as selling assets, restructuring debt or obtaining additional debt financing or equity capital on terms that may be onerous or highly
dilutive. Our ability to refinance any future indebtedness will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. We may not be able to
engage in any of these activities or engage in these activities on desirable terms, which could result in a default on our debt obligations.

Subject to certain conditions, holders of the convertible senior notes have the right to require us to repurchase for cash all or any portion of their

convertible senior notes upon the occurrence of a fundamental change (as defined

46

Table of Contents

in the indenture governing the convertible senior notes) at a fundamental change repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the convertible
senior notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the fundamental change repurchase date. Upon conversion, unless
we elect to deliver solely shares of our common stock to settle such conversion (other than paying cash in lieu of delivering any fractional share), we will be
required to settle a portion or all of our conversion obligation through the payment of cash. We may not have enough available cash or be able to obtain
financing at the time we are required to make repurchases in connection with such conversion and our ability to pay may additionally be limited by law,
regulatory authority or agreements governing our future indebtedness. Our failure to repurchase the convertible senior notes at a time when the repurchase is
required by the indenture governing the convertible senior notes or to pay any cash payable on future conversions as required by such indenture would
constitute a default under such indenture. A default under the indenture or the fundamental change itself could also lead to a default under agreements
governing our future indebtedness. If the repayment of the related indebtedness were to be accelerated after any applicable notice or grace periods, we may
not have sufficient funds to repay the indebtedness and repurchase the convertible senior notes or make cash payments upon conversions thereof.

The conditional conversion feature of the convertible senior notes, if triggered, may adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.

One of the conditional conversion feature of the convertible senior notes was triggered in each of the third and fourth quarters of 2019. As such, holders

of convertible senior notes are entitled to convert the convertible senior notes at any time during the first quarter of 2020 at their option. To the extent that
conditional conversion features of the convertible senior notes are triggered in the future, holders of convertible senior notes will be entitled to convert the
convertible senior notes at any time during the specified periods at their option. If one or more holders elect to convert their convertible senior notes, unless
we elect to satisfy our conversion obligation by delivering solely shares of our common stock (other than paying cash in lieu of delivering any fractional
share), we will be required to settle a portion or all of our conversion obligation through the payment of cash, which could adversely affect our liquidity. Upon
conversion, we have the option to pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of our common stock or a combination of cash and shares of our common
stock, at our election. As such, the ability of holders of convertible senior notes to convert their convertible senior notes currently or within 12 months from
the balance sheet date does not cause us to reclassify all or a portion of the outstanding principal of the convertible senior notes as a current liability. We have
received elections to convert a limited number of convertible senior notes in the fourth quarter of 2019 and first quarter of 2020. We elected to satisfy our
conversion obligation through the payment of cash to such convertible senior note holders.

Transactions relating to our convertible senior notes may affect the value of our common stock.

The conversion of some or all of the convertible senior notes would dilute the ownership interests of existing stockholders to the extent we satisfy our

conversion obligation by delivering shares of our common stock upon any conversion of such convertible senior notes. Our convertible senior notes may
become convertible at the option of their holders under certain circumstances. If holders of our convertible senior notes elect to convert their convertible
senior notes, we may settle our conversion obligation by delivering to them shares of our common stock, which would cause dilution to our existing
stockholders. We have received elections to convert a limited number of convertible senior notes in the fourth quarter of 2019 and first quarter of 2020. We
elected to satisfy our conversion obligation through the payment of cash to such convertible senior note holders.

In addition, in connection with the issuance of the convertible senior notes, we entered into capped call transactions with certain financial institutions

(the “Option Counterparties”). The capped call transactions are expected generally to reduce the potential dilution to our common stock upon any conversion
or settlement of the convertible senior notes and/or offset any cash payments we are required to make in excess of the principal amount of converted
convertible senior notes, as the case may be, with such reduction and/or offset subject to a cap based on the cap price. From time to time, the Option
Counterparties or their respective affiliates may modify their hedge positions by entering into or unwinding various derivative transactions with respect to our
common stock and/or purchasing or selling our common stock or other securities of ours in secondary market transactions prior to the maturity of the
convertible senior notes. This activity could cause a decrease in the market price of our common stock.

47

Table of Contents

The accounting method for convertible debt securities that may be settled in cash, such as the convertible senior notes, could have a material effect on our
reported financial results.

Under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 470-20, Debt with Conversion and Other Options (“ASC 470-20”),
an entity must separately account for the liability and equity components of convertible debt instruments (such as the convertible senior notes) that may be
settled entirely or partially in cash upon conversion in a manner that reflects the issuer’s economic interest cost. ASC 470-20 requires the value of the
conversion option of the convertible senior notes, representing the equity component, to be recorded as additional paid-in capital within stockholders’ equity
in our consolidated balance sheet and as a discount to the convertible senior notes, which reduces their initial carrying value. The carrying value of the
convertible senior notes, net of the discount recorded, will be accreted up to the principal amount of the convertible senior notes from the issuance date until
maturity, which will result in non-cash charges to interest expense in our consolidated statement of operations. Accordingly, we will report lower net income
or higher net loss in our financial results because ASC 470-20 requires interest to include both the current period’s accretion of the debt discount and the
instrument’s coupon interest, which could adversely affect our reported or future financial results, the trading price of our common stock and the trading price
of the convertible senior notes.

ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

ITEM 2. Properties

We currently lease approximately 135,700 square feet of office space worldwide. Information concerning our principal leased properties as

of December 31, 2019 is set forth below:

Location
San Ramon, California

The Philippines

Russia

Principal Use

Corporate headquarters, sales, marketing, product design,
professional services, research and development

Technical support, training and other professional services

Portions of engineering and operations

Square Footage
90,100 

Lease Expiration Date
March 2021

16,300 

23,400 

March 2020

September 2024

The hosting of our equipment and software at co-located third-party facilities is also significant to our business. We have entered into rental agreements

with third-party facilities in Santa Clara, California; Atlanta, Georgia; Slough, England; and Amsterdam, the Netherlands, which require monthly payments
for a fixed period of time in exchange for certain guarantees of space, network and telecommunication availability. These agreements expire at various dates
through 2022.

We believe our facilities are sufficient for our current needs.

ITEM 3. Legal Proceedings

Information with respect to this item may be found under the heading “Legal Matters” in Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in

this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

48

 
 
 
Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information for Common Stock

Our common stock trades on The NASDAQ Global Market, or NASDAQ, under the symbol “FIVN.”

Number of Common Stock Holders

On February 21, 2020, there were 29 stockholders of record of our common stock who held an aggregate of 61,583,496 shares of our common stock.

We believe that there are a substantially greater number of beneficial owners of our common stock. 

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay

any dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, while our convertible senior notes do not prohibit payment of dividends, any dividends declared and paid
by our board of directors would result in an adjustment to the conversion rate of such notes such that additional shares would be issuable upon conversion.
Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on a
number of factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, including under any future loan
facilities, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

None.

49

Table of Contents

Stock Performance Graph

The graph below compares the cumulative total return on our common stock with that of the Russell 2000 Index and the NASDAQ Computer and Data

Processing Index. The period shown commences on December 31, 2014 and ends on December 31, 2019. The graph assumes $100 was invested at the close
of market on December 31, 2014 in the common stock of Five9, the Russell 2000 Index and the NASDAQ Computer and Data Processing Index, and
assumes the reinvestment of any dividends. The stock price performance on the following graph is not intended to forecast or be indicative of future stock
price performance of our common stock.

This performance graph shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or

otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Five9, Inc. under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act of 1934 Exchange, as amended.

50

Table of Contents

ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data

The following selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 and the selected consolidated

balance sheet data as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
The following selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 and the selected consolidated balance
sheet data as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this report. 

Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. You should read the following selected financial

data in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” our consolidated
financial statements, related notes, and other financial information included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

Revenue

Cost of revenue(1)(2)
Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Research and development (1)(2)
Sales and marketing (1)(2)
General and administrative (1)(2)

Total operating expenses

Income (loss) from operations

Other income (expense), net:

Extinguishment of debt

Interest and other

Total other income (expense), net

Income (loss) before income taxes

Provision for income taxes

Net loss

Net loss per share:

Basic and diluted

Shares used in computing net loss per share:

Basic and diluted

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

Year Ended December 31,

$

328,006   

$

257,664   

$

200,225   

$

162,090   

$

128,868   

(in thousands, except per share data)

134,511   

193,495   

45,190   

95,592   

49,446   

190,228   

3,267   

—   

(7,715)  

(7,715)  

(4,448)  

104   

(4,552)  

(0.08)  

104,034   

153,630   

34,172   

72,001   

40,448   

146,621   

7,009   

—   

(6,930)  

(6,930)  

79   

300   

(221)  

—   

83,104   

117,121   

27,120   

66,570   

29,151   

122,841   

(5,720)  

—   

(2,981)  

(2,981)  

(8,701)  

268   

(8,969)  

(0.16)  

$

$

$

$

$

$

66,934   

95,156   

23,878   

52,748   

25,072   

101,698   

(6,542)  

(1,026)  

(4,238)  

(5,264)  

(11,806)  

54   

(11,860)  

(0.23)  

$

$

59,495   

69,373   

22,659   

42,042   

25,822   

90,523   

(21,150)  

—   

(4,627)  

(4,627)  

(25,777)  

61   

(25,838)  

(0.52)  

$

$

60,371   

58,076   

54,946   

52,342   

50,141   

(1) Depreciation and amortization expenses included in our results of operations are as follows (in thousands):

Cost of revenue
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative

Total depreciation and amortization

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

$

$

10,856   
1,801   
6   
1,711   

14,374   

$

$

$

7,808   
1,036   
95   
1,335   

10,274   

$

6,300   
795   
120   
1,099   

8,314   

$

$

6,573   
737   
221   
859   

8,390   

$

$

5,950   
455   
206   
777   

7,388   

51

 
Table of Contents

(2) Stock-based compensation expense is included in our results of operations as follows (in thousands):

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

Year Ended December 31,

Cost of revenue
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative

Total stock-based compensation

$

$

6,334   
7,658   
11,368   
16,705   

42,065   

$

$

3,333   
5,303   
6,307   
13,541   

28,484   

$

$

$

2,202   
3,042   
4,364   
5,735   

15,343   

$

1,375   
2,059   
2,363   
3,846   

9,643   

2019

2018

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable investments

$

319,949   

$

291,819   

$

Working capital

Total assets

Total debt and finance leases

Additional paid-in capital

Total stockholders’ equity

315,282   

482,380   

213,931   

351,870   

196,458   

286,008   

394,666   

207,919   

294,279   

142,748   

December 31,

2017

(in thousands)

$

68,947   

53,317   

128,196   

46,742   

222,202   

46,838   

2016

58,122   

40,933   

105,239   

45,799   

196,555   

30,328   

$

$

$

866   
1,790   
1,800   
3,274   

7,730   

2015

58,484   

22,712   

99,233   

46,617   

180,649   

26,280   

ITEM 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

You should read the following discussion in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this report.

Overview

We are a pioneer and leading provider of intelligent cloud software for contact centers, facilitating more than six billion call minutes between our more
than 2,000 clients and their customers per year. We believe we achieved this leadership position through our expertise and technology, which has empowered
us to help organizations of all sizes transition from legacy on-premise contact center systems to our cloud solution. Our solution, which is comprised of our
VCC cloud platform and applications, allows simultaneous management and optimization of customer interactions across voice, chat, email, web, social
media and mobile channels, either directly or through our APIs. Our VCC cloud platform matches each customer interaction with an appropriate agent
resource and delivers relevant customer data to the agent in real-time through integrations with adjacent enterprise applications, such as CRM software, to
optimize the customer experience and improve agent productivity. Unlike legacy on-premise contact center systems, our solution requires minimal up-front
investment, can be rapidly deployed and adjusted depending on our client’s requirements.

Since founding our business in 2001, we have focused exclusively on delivering cloud contact center software. We initially targeted smaller contact
center opportunities with our telesales team and, over time, invested in expanding the breadth and depth of the functionality of our cloud platform to meet the
evolving requirements of our clients. In 2009, we made a strategic decision to expand our market opportunity to include larger contact centers. This decision
drove further investments in research and development and the establishment of our field sales team to meet the requirements of these larger contact centers.
We believe this shift has helped us diversify our client base, while significantly enhancing our opportunity for future revenue growth. To complement these
efforts, we have also focused on building client awareness and driving adoption of our solution through marketing activities, which include internet
advertising, digital marketing campaigns, social media, trade shows, industry events, telemarketing and out of home campaigns.

We provide our solution through a SaaS business model with recurring subscriptions. We offer a comprehensive suite of applications delivered on our

VCC cloud platform that are designed to enable our clients to

52

Table of Contents

manage and optimize interactions across inbound and outbound contact centers. We primarily generate revenue by selling subscriptions and related usage of
our VCC cloud platform. We charge our clients monthly subscription fees for access to our solution, primarily based on the number of agent seats, as well as
the specific functionalities and applications our clients deploy. We define agent seats as the maximum number of named agents allowed to concurrently access
our solution. Our clients typically have more named agents than agent seats, and multiple named agents may use an agent seat, though not simultaneously.
Substantially all of our clients purchase both subscriptions and related telephony usage from us. A small percentage of our clients subscribe to our platform
but purchase telephony usage directly from wholesale telecommunications service providers. We do not sell telephony usage on a stand-alone basis to any
client. The related usage fees are based on the volume of minutes for inbound and outbound interactions. We also offer bundled plans, generally for smaller
deployments, where the client is charged a single monthly fixed fee per agent seat that includes both subscription and unlimited usage in the contiguous 48
states and, in some cases, Canada. We offer monthly, annual and multiple-year contracts to our clients, generally with 30 days’ notice required for reductions
in the number of agent seats. Increases in the number of agent seats can be provisioned almost immediately. Our clients, therefore, are able to adjust the
number of agent seats used to meet their changing contact center volume needs. Our larger clients typically choose annual contracts, which generally include
an implementation and ramp period of several months. Fixed subscription fees, including bundled plans, are generally billed monthly in advance, while
related usage fees are billed in arrears. For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, subscription and related usage fees accounted for 92%, 93%
and 94% of our revenue, respectively. The remainder was comprised of professional services revenue from the implementation and optimization of our
solution.

Key GAAP Operating Results

Our revenue increased to $328.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, from $257.7 million and $200.2 million for the years ended

December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Revenue growth has primarily been driven by our larger clients increasing their number of agent seats. For each of
the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, no single client accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue. As of December 31, 2019, we had
over 2,000 clients across multiple industries. Our clients’ subscriptions generally range in size from fewer than 10 agent seats to approximately 3,000 agent
seats. We had a net loss of $4.6 million, $0.2 million and $9.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

We have continued to make significant expenditures and investments, including in sales and marketing, research and development and infrastructure.

We primarily evaluate the success of our business based on revenue growth and the efficiency and effectiveness of our investments. The growth of our
business and our future success depend on many factors, including our ability to continue to expand our base of larger clients, grow revenue from our existing
client base, innovate and expand internationally. While these areas represent significant opportunities for us, they also pose risks and challenges that we must
successfully address in order to sustain the growth of our business and improve our operating results. In order to pursue these opportunities, we anticipate that
we will continue to expand our operations and headcount in the near term.

Due to our continuing investments to grow our business, increase our sales and marketing efforts, pursue new opportunities, enhance our solution and

build our technology, we expect our cost of revenue and operating expenses to increase in absolute dollars in future periods. However, we expect cost of
revenue and certain operating expenses to decrease as a percentage of revenue as we grow our revenue and gain economies of scale by increasing our client
base without direct incremental costs and by utilizing more of the capacity of our data centers.

Key Operating and Non-GAAP Financial Performance Metrics

In addition to measures of financial performance presented in our consolidated financial statements, we monitor the key metrics set forth below to help

us evaluate growth trends, establish budgets, measure the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts and assess operational efficiencies.

Annual Dollar-Based Retention Rate

We believe that our Annual Dollar-Based Retention Rate provides insight into our ability to retain and grow revenue from our clients, and is a measure

of the long-term value of our client relationships. Our Annual Dollar-Based Retention Rate is calculated by dividing our Retained Net Invoicing by our
Retention Base Net Invoicing on a monthly basis, which we then average using the rates for the trailing twelve months for the period being presented. We
define Retention Base Net Invoicing as recurring net invoicing from all clients in the comparable prior year period, and we define Retained Net Invoicing as
recurring net invoicing from that same group of clients in the

53

Table of Contents

current period. We define recurring net invoicing as subscription and related usage revenue excluding the impact of service credits, reserves and deferrals.
Historically, the difference between recurring net invoicing and our subscription and related usage revenue has been within 10%.

The following table shows our Annual Dollar-Based Retention Rate for the periods presented:

Annual Dollar-Based Retention Rate

Twelve Months Ended December 31,

2019
105% 

2018
103% 

2017
98%

Our Dollar-Based Retention Rate improved year over year primarily due to our larger clients increasing their number of agent seats.

Adjusted EBITDA

We monitor adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, to analyze our financial results and believe that it is useful to investors, as a supplement

to U.S. GAAP measures, in evaluating our ongoing operational performance and enhancing an overall understanding of our past financial performance. We
believe that adjusted EBITDA helps illustrate underlying trends in our business that could otherwise be masked by the effect of the income or expenses that
we exclude from adjusted EBITDA. Furthermore, we use this measure to establish budgets and operational goals for managing our business and evaluating
our performance. We also believe that adjusted EBITDA provides an additional tool for investors to use in comparing our recurring core business operating
results over multiple periods with other companies in our industry.

Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, financial information prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and

our calculation of adjusted EBITDA may differ from that of other companies in our industry. We compensate for the inherent limitations associated with
using adjusted EBITDA through disclosure of these limitations, presentation of our financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP and reconciliation of
adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, net loss. We calculate adjusted EBITDA as net loss before (1) depreciation and
amortization, (2) stock-based compensation, (3) interest income, expense and other, (4) provision for income taxes, and (5) other items that do not directly
affect what we consider to be our core operating performance.

The following table shows a reconciliation of net loss to adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented (in thousands):

Net loss

Non-GAAP adjustments:

Depreciation and amortization (1)
Stock-based compensation (2)
Interest expense

Interest (income) and other

Legal settlement (3)
Legal and indemnification fees related to settlement

Acquisition related transaction costs

Reversal of interest and penalties on accrued federal fees (4)
Provision for income taxes

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

$

(4,552)  

$

(221)  

$

(8,969)  

14,374   

42,065   

13,794   

(6,079)  

420   

356   

338   

—   

104   

10,274   

28,484   

10,245   

(3,315)  

—   

592   

—   

—   

300   

8,314   

15,343   

3,471   

(490)  

1,700   

135   

—   

(2,133)  

268   

17,639   

Adjusted EBITDA

$

60,820   

$

46,359   

$

(1) See ITEM 6 of this Form 10-K for depreciation and amortization expenses included in our results of operations for the periods presented.

(2) See Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements for stock-based compensation expense included in our results of operations for the periods presented.

(3) See “Legal Matters” in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

54

 
 
Table of Contents

(4) Included in general and administrative expense. Amount represents the reversal of accrued interest and penalties related to the Universal Services Fund, or

USF, liability following a favorable ruling from the FCC’s Wireline Competition Bureau. See Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements for
additional information.

Key Components of Our Results of Operations

Revenue

Our revenue consists of subscription and related usage as well as professional services. We consider our subscription and related usage to be recurring

revenue. This recurring revenue includes fixed subscription fees for the delivery and support of our VCC cloud platform, as well as related usage fees. The
related usage fees are generally based on the volume of minutes for inbound and outbound client interactions. We also offer bundled plans, generally for
smaller deployments, where the client is charged a single monthly fixed fee per agent seat that includes both subscription and unlimited usage in the
contiguous 48 states and, in some cases, Canada. We offer monthly, annual and multiple-year contracts for our clients, generally with 30 days’ notice required
for reductions in the number of agent seats. Increases in the number of agent seats can be provisioned almost immediately. Our clients, therefore, are able to
adjust the number of agent seats used to meet their changing contact center volume needs. Our larger clients typically choose annual contracts, which
generally include an implementation and ramp period of several months.

Fixed subscription fees, including plans with bundled usage, are generally billed monthly in advance, while variable usage fees are billed in arrears.

Fixed subscription fees are recognized on a straight-line basis over the applicable term, which is predominantly the monthly contractual billing period.
Support activities include technical assistance for our solution and upgrades and enhancements on a when and if available basis, which are not billed
separately. Variable subscription related usage fees for non-bundled plans are billed in arrears based on client-specific per minute rate plans and are
recognized as actual usage occurs. We generally require advance deposits from clients based on estimated usage. All fees, except usage deposits, are non-
refundable.

In addition, we generate professional services revenue from assisting clients in implementing our solution and optimizing use. These services include

application configuration, system integration and education and training services. Professional services are primarily billed on a fixed-fee basis and are
typically performed by us directly. In limited cases, our clients choose to perform these services themselves or engage their own third-party service providers
to perform such services. Professional services are recognized as the services are performed using the proportional performance method, with performance
measured based on labor hours, provided all other criteria for revenue recognition are met.

Cost of Revenue

Our cost of revenue consists primarily of personnel costs, including stock-based compensation, fees that we pay to telecommunications providers for

usage, USF contributions and other regulatory costs, depreciation and related expenses of the servers and equipment, costs to build out and maintain co-
location data centers, allocated office and facility costs and amortization of acquired technology. Cost of revenue can fluctuate based on a number of factors,
including the fees we pay to telecommunications providers, which vary depending on our clients’ usage of our VCC cloud platform, the timing of capital
expenditures and related depreciation charges and changes in headcount. We expect to continue investing in our network infrastructure and operations and
client support function to maintain high quality and availability of service, resulting in absolute dollar increases in cost of revenue. As our business grows, we
expect to realize economies of scale in network infrastructure, personnel and client support.

Operating Expenses

We classify our operating expenses as research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses.

Research and Development.    Our research and development expenses consist primarily of salary and related expenses, including stock-based

compensation, for personnel related to the development of improvements and expanded features for our services, as well as quality assurance, testing, product
management and allocated overhead. We expense research and development expenses as they are incurred except for internal use software development costs
that qualify for capitalization. We believe that continued investment in our solution is important for our future growth, and we expect our research and
development expenses to increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue in the near term.

55

Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing.    Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries and related expenses, including stock-based compensation, for
personnel in sales and marketing, sales commissions, as well as advertising, marketing, corporate communications, travel costs and allocated overhead. We
believe it is important to continue investing in sales and marketing to continue to generate revenue growth, and we expect sales and marketing expenses to
increase in absolute dollars and fluctuate as a percentage of revenue as we continue to support our growth initiatives.

General and Administrative.    General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salary and related expenses, including stock-based
compensation, for management, finance and accounting, legal, information systems and human resources personnel, professional fees, compliance costs,
other corporate expenses and allocated overhead. We expect that general and administrative expenses will fluctuate in absolute dollars from period to period
but decline as a percentage of revenue over time.

Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

Based on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss set forth in this annual report, the following table sets forth our operating

results as a percentage of revenue for the periods indicated:

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

Revenue

Cost of revenue

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Research and development

Sales and marketing

General and administrative

Total operating expenses

Income (loss) from operations

Other income (expense), net:

Interest expense

Interest income and other

Total other income (expense), net

Income (loss) before income taxes

Provision for income taxes

Net loss

100  %

41  %

59  %

14  %

29  %

15  %

58  %

1  %

(4) %

2  %

(2) %

(1) %

—  %

(1) %

100  %

40  %

60  %

13  %

28  %

16  %

57  %

3  %

(4) %

1  %

(3) %

—  %

—  %

—  %

100  %

42  %

58  %

14  %

32  %

15  %

61  %

(3) %

(2) %

1  %

(1) %

(4) %

—  %

(4) %

Year-to-year comparisons between 2018 and 2017 have been omitted from this Form 10-K but may be found in “Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition” in Part II, Item 7 of our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, which specific discussion is incorporated
herein by reference.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

Revenue

Revenue

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

$ Change

% Change

$328,006 

$257,664 

$70,342 

27% 

(in thousands, except percentages)

The increase in revenue for 2019 compared to 2018 was primarily attributable to our larger clients, driven by an increase in our sales and marketing

activities and our improved brand awareness.

56

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue

% of Revenue

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

$ Change

% Change

(in thousands, except percentages)

$134,511 

41% 

$104,034 

40% 

$30,477 

29% 

The increase in cost of revenue for 2019 compared to 2018 was primarily due to a $10.8 million increase in personnel costs, including stock-based

compensation costs, driven by increased headcount and a higher fair value of employee equity awards due primarily to our increased stock price, a
$4.4 million increase in third party hosted software costs driven by increased client activities, a $4.4 million increase in facilities and related costs, a
$4.3 million increase in USF contributions and other federal telecommunication service fees due primarily to increased client usage and a significant increase
in the USF contribution rate, a $2.5 million increase in depreciation and data center costs, driven by increased capital expenditures to support our growing
capacity needs and continuing expansion of our existing data center facilities and a $0.5 million increase in amortization of intangible assets from our
acquisition of Whendu.

Gross Profit

Gross profit

% of Revenue

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

$ Change

% Change

(in thousands, except percentages)

$193,495 

59% 

$153,630 

60% 

$39,865 

26% 

The increase in gross profit for 2019 compared to 2018 was primarily due to increases in subscription and related usage revenues. The decrease in gross

margin for 2019 compared to 2018 was primarily due to an increase in personnel costs, including stock-based compensation costs, driven by increased
headcount and a higher fair value of employee equity awards primarily due to our increased stock price.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

Research and development

% of Revenue

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

$ Change

% Change

(in thousands, except percentages)

$45,190 

14% 

$34,172 

13% 

$11,018 

32% 

The increase in research and development expenses for 2019 compared to 2018 was primarily due to a $9.1 million increase in personnel-related costs

including stock-based compensation costs, driven mainly by increased headcount and a higher fair value of employee equity awards due primarily to our
increased stock price.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing

% of Revenue

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

$ Change

% Change

(in thousands, except percentages)

$95,592 

29% 

$72,001 

28% 

$23,591 

33% 

The increase in sales and marketing expenses for 2019 compared to 2018 was primarily due to a $13.4 million increase in personnel-related costs,
including stock-based compensation costs, driven mainly by increased headcount and a higher fair value of employee equity awards due primarily to our
increased stock price, a $4.8 million increase in sales commission expenses driven by the growth in sales and bookings of our solution, and a $1.1 million
increase in facilities and related costs. The remaining net increase in sales and marketing expenses was primarily due to the

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

execution of our growth strategy to acquire new clients, increase the number of agent seats within our existing client base, and increased advertising and other
marketing expenses to increase our brand awareness.

General and Administrative

General and administrative

% of Revenue

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

$ Change

% Change

$49,446 

15% 

(in thousands, except percentages)
$8,998 

$40,448 

22% 

16% 

The increase in general and administrative expenses for 2019 compared to 2018 was primarily due to a $6.9 million increase in personnel-related costs

including stock-based compensation costs, driven mainly by increased headcount and a higher fair value of employee equity awards due primarily to our
increased stock price. The increase in stock-based compensation costs in 2019 also related to an equity award granted to an executive officer in May 2018,
which continued to vest. Legal costs in 2019 compared to 2018 increased due to a settlement payment of $0.4 million in the Melcher Litigation in June 2019
and acquisition-related transaction costs of $0.3 million.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Interest expense

Interest income and other

Total other income (expense), net

% of Revenue

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

$ Change

% Change

(in thousands, except percentages)

$

$

(13,794)

6,079 

(7,715)

$

$

(10,245)

3,315 

(6,930)

$

$

(3,549)  

2,764   

(785)  

(2) %

(3) %

(35) %

(83) %

(11) %

The unfavorable change of $(0.8) million in other income (expense), net for 2019 compared to 2018 was primarily due to an increase of $3.5 million in

interest expense related to our convertible senior notes issued in May 2018, offset in part by higher interest income on our marketable investments.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

To date, we have financed our operations, primarily through sales of our solution, lease facilities and net proceeds from our equity and debt financings

including the issuance of our 0.125% convertible senior notes in May 2018. As of December 31, 2019, we had $315.3 million in working capital, which
included $78.0 million in cash and cash equivalents and $242.0 million in marketable investments.

In May 2018, we issued $258.8 million aggregate principal amount of our 0.125% convertible senior notes, or Notes, due May 1, 2023 in a private

offering. The Notes are our senior unsecured obligations and bear interest at a fixed rate of 0.125% per annum, payable semiannually in arrears on May 1 and
November 1 of each year, beginning November 1, 2018. The total net proceeds from the offering, after deducting the initial purchasers’ discounts and
estimated debt issuance costs, were approximately $250.8 million. For additional information regarding the Notes, see Note 6 to the consolidated financial
statements included in this report.

In August 2016, we entered into a loan agreement, which we refer to as the 2016 Loan and Security Agreement, with two lenders for a revolving credit
facility of up to $50.0 million. The revolving credit facility bore a variable annual interest rate of the prime rate plus 0.50%, subject to a 0.25% increase if our
adjusted EBITDA was negative at the end of any fiscal quarter. In May 2018, we paid off the then outstanding principal balance of the revolving line of
credit, and in July 2018, we terminated the 2016 Loan and Security Agreement.

We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs for at least the next 12

months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our growth rate, continuing market acceptance of our solution, client
retention, our ability to gain new clients, the timing and extent of spending to support research and development efforts, the outcome of any pending or future
litigation or other claims by third parties or governmental entities, the expansion of sales and marketing activities and personnel and the introduction of new
and enhanced offerings. We may also acquire or invest in

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

complementary businesses, technologies and intellectual property rights, which may increase our future capital requirements, both to pay acquisition costs
and to support our combined operations. We may raise additional equity or debt financing at any time. We may not be able to raise additional equity or debt
financing on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired or required, our business, operating results and financial
condition would be harmed. In addition, if our operating performance during the next twelve months is below our expectations, our liquidity and ability to
operate our business could be harmed.

If we raise additional funds by issuing equity or equity-linked securities, the ownership of our existing stockholders will be diluted. If we raise

additional funds through the incurrence of additional indebtedness, we will be subject to increased debt service obligations and could also be subject to
restrictive covenants and other operating restrictions that could harm our ability to conduct our business.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented (in thousands):

Net cash provided by operating activities

Net cash used in investing activities

Net cash provided by financing activities

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

$

$

51,221   

$

38,622   

$

(63,631)  

8,474   

(216,749)  

191,092   

(3,936)  

$

12,965   

$

11,106   

(2,650)  

2,369   

10,825   

Cash provided by operating activities is primarily influenced by our personnel-related expenditures, data center and telecommunications carrier costs,

office and facility related costs, USF contributions and other regulatory costs and the amount and timing of client payments. If we continue to improve our
financial results, we expect net cash provided by operating activities to increase. Our largest source of operating cash inflows is cash collections from our
clients for subscription and related usage services. Payments from clients for these services are typically received monthly.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $51.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2019. Net cash provided by operating activities
resulted from our net loss of $4.6 million adjusted for non-cash items of $73.2 million, primarily consisting of $42.1 million of stock-based compensation,
$14.4 million of depreciation and amortization and $12.8 million of amortization of discount and issuance costs on our convertible senior notes, offset by use
of cash for operating assets and liabilities of $17.4 million primarily due to the timing of cash payments to vendors and cash receipts from clients.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $38.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2018. Net cash provided by operating activities
resulted from net loss of $0.2 million adjusted for non-cash items of $45.9 million, primarily consisting of $28.5 million of stock-based compensation, $10.3
million of depreciation and amortization and $7.9 million of amortization of discount and issuance costs on our convertible senior notes, offset by use of cash
for operating assets and liabilities of $7.1 million, which was primarily driven by deferred contract acquisition costs due to deferral of incremental sales
commissions in connection with the adoption of ASC 606.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, net cash provided by operating activities was $11.1 million compared to $6.8 million for the same period of

2016. The increase of $4.3 million was primarily due to an $8.0 million favorable impact from a decrease in net loss after adjusting for non-cash expenses,
offset by a $3.7 million decrease in net cash resulting from changes in operating assets and liabilities. Cash outflows during 2017 included total payments of
$1.8 million for settlement, legal and indemnification fees related to the Melcher litigation. See Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements for more
information.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities in 2019 was $63.6 million compared to $216.7 million in 2018. Net cash used in investing activities in 2019 was

comprised of $359.5 million related to purchases of marketable investments and $19.2 million in capital expenditures and $13.9 million related to cash paid to
acquire substantially all of the assets of Whendu, offset by $328.7 million of cash proceeds from maturities of marketable investments and the $0.2 million
cash proceeds from the sale of convertible notes held for investment.

59

Table of Contents

Net cash used in investing activities in 2018 was $216.7 million compared to $2.7 million in 2017. Net cash used in investing activities in 2018 was

comprised of $220.7 million related to purchases of marketable investments and $9.3 million in capital expenditures, offset by $11.3 million of cash proceeds
from maturities of marketable investments and the $1.9 million cash proceeds from the sale of convertible notes held for investment.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities in the year ended December 31, 2019 was $8.5 million, compared to $191.1 million in the year ended
December 31, 2018. Net cash provided by financing activities of $8.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2019 related to $7.8 million from the sale of
common stock under our employee stock purchase plan and cash proceeds of $7.7 million from exercises of stock options, offset in part by repayments of
finance leases of $7.1 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities in the year ended December 31, 2018 was $191.1 million, compared to $2.4 million in the year ended

December 31, 2017. Net cash provided by financing activities of $191.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2018 related to cash proceeds of $250.7
million from the issuance of our convertible senior notes, cash proceeds of $7.8 million from exercises of stock options and warrants, and $5.7 million from
the sale of common stock under our employee stock purchase plan, offset in part by repayments under our line of credit of $32.6 million, payments for capped
call transactions of $31.4 million and payments of finance leases of $8.5 million.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make

estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate
our estimates and assumptions. Our actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when control of the promised services are transferred to customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration that we expect
to receive in exchange for those services. We generate all of our revenue from contracts with customers. In contracts with multiple performance obligations,
we identify each performance obligation and evaluate whether the performance obligations are distinct within the context of the contract at contract inception.
Performance obligations that are not distinct at contract inception are combined. We allocate the transaction price to each distinct performance obligation
proportionately based on the estimated standalone selling price for each performance obligation. We then look to how services are transferred to the customer
in order to determine the timing of revenue recognition. Most services provided under our agreements result in the transfer of control over time.

Our revenue consists of subscription services and related usage as well as professional services. We charge clients subscription fees, usually billed on a

monthly basis, for access to our VCC solution. The subscription fees are primarily based on the number of agent seats, as well as the specific VCC
functionalities and applications deployed by the client. Agent seats are defined as the maximum number of named agents allowed to concurrently access the
VCC cloud platform. Clients typically have more named agents than agent seats. Multiple named agents may use an agent seat, though not simultaneously.
Substantially all of our clients purchase both subscriptions and related telephony usage. A small percentage of our clients subscribe to our platform but
purchase telephony usage directly from a wholesale telecommunications service provider. We do not sell telephony usage on a stand-alone basis to any client.
The related usage fees are based on the volume of minutes used for inbound and outbound client interactions. Revenue generated from telephony usage is
presented in revenue and cost of sales on a gross basis, as we are the party that controls the service and are responsible for fulfilling the promise to provide the
call service by diverting the calls to selected carriers. We also offer bundled plans, generally for smaller deployments, whereby the client is charged a single
monthly fixed fee per agent seat that includes both subscription and unlimited usage in the contiguous 48 states and, in some cases, Canada. Professional
services revenue is derived primarily from VCC implementations, including application configuration, system integration, optimization, education and
training services. Clients are not permitted to take possession of our software.

60

Table of Contents

We offer monthly, annual and multiple-year contracts to our clients, generally with 30 days’ notice required for reductions in the number of agent seats.
Increases in the number of agent seats can be provisioned almost immediately. Our clients, therefore, are able to adjust the number of agent seats used to meet
their changing contact center volume needs. Our larger clients typically choose annual contracts, which generally include an implementation and ramp period
of several months. Fixed subscription fees, including bundled plans, are generally billed monthly in advance, while related usage fees are billed in arrears.
Support activities include technical assistance for our solution and upgrades and enhancements to our VCC cloud platform on a when-and-if-available basis,
which are not billed separately.

Professional services are primarily billed on a fixed-fee basis. Revenue for professional services is recognized over time, as services are performed.

The estimation of variable consideration for each performance obligation requires us to make subjective judgments. In the early stages of our larger

contracts, in order to allocate the overall transaction fee on a relative stand-alone selling price basis to our multiple performance obligations, we estimate
variable consideration to be included in the transaction fee to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue
recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved. When services are included in the contract
with the customer and are not sold at their stand-alone selling price, this requires us to estimate the number of seats the customer will use, especially during
the initial ramp period of the contract, during which we bill under an ‘actual usage’ model for subscription-related services.

We recognize revenue on fixed fee professional services performance obligations based on the proportion of labor hours expended compared to the total

hours expected to complete the related performance obligation.

The revenue recognition standards include guidance relating to any tax assessed by a governmental authority that is directly imposed on a revenue-

producing transaction between a seller and a customer and may include, but is not limited to, sales, use, value added and excise taxes. We record USF
contributions and other regulatory costs on a gross basis in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss and record surcharges and sales,
use and excise taxes billed to our clients on a net basis. The cost of gross USF contributions payable to the USAC and suppliers is presented as a cost of
revenue in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Refer to Note 1 in Item 8 of this Form 10-K for information related to recent accounting pronouncements.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2019, we did not have any off balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of SEC Regulation S-K, such as the use

of unconsolidated subsidiaries, structured finance, special purpose entities or variable interest entities.

Contractual Obligations

Commitments

Our principal contractual obligations consist of future payment obligations under our convertible senior notes, finance leases to finance data centers and

other computer and networking equipment, operating leases for office facilities, and agreements with third parties to provide co-location hosting,
telecommunication usage and equipment maintenance services.

61

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2019 (in thousands).
Payment Due by Period

Convertible senior notes (1)
Finance lease obligations (2)
Operating lease obligations (3)
Operating lease not yet commenced (3)
Hosting services (4)
Telecommunication usage (5)
Equipment maintenance (6)

Total

Less Than
1 Year

1-3 Years

3-5 Years

More than
5 Years

Total
258,750       

  $

$

4,603       

9,990       

1,635   

1,507   

4,722       

165   

—       

  $

—       

  $

258,750       

  $

3,778       

5,376       

215   

307       

2,708       

140   

825       

3,056       

923   

1,200       

2,010       

25   

—       

1,558       

497   

—       

4       

—   

$

281,372       

  $

12,524       

  $

8,039       

  $

260,809       

  $

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

(1) Represents the outstanding principal balance under our 0.125% convertible senior notes issued in May 2018. See Note 6 to the consolidated financial

statements for more information.

(2) Represents financing of computer and networking equipment and software purchases for our co-location data centers.

(3) Represents our obligations to make payments under the lease agreements for our office facilities and office equipment leases.

(4) Represents guaranteed minimum payments for co-location facilities and services.

(5) Represents guaranteed minimum payments for telecommunication services.

(6) Represents our payment obligations under maintenance services contracts for certain data center equipment.

The contractual commitment amounts in the table above are associated with agreements that are enforceable and legally binding. Obligations under

contracts that we can cancel without a significant penalty are not included in the table above.

Indemnification Agreements

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into agreements of varying scope and terms pursuant to which we agree to indemnify clients, vendors,
lessors, business partners and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, losses arising out of breach of such agreements,
services to be provided by us or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. In addition, we have entered into indemnification
agreements with our directors, officers and certain employees that will require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may
arise by reason of their status or service as directors, officers or employees. Other than as described below, there are no claims that we are aware of that could
have a material effect on our consolidated balance sheet, consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss, or consolidated statements of cash
flows.

On October 27, 2016, we received notice from Lance Fried, a former officer and director of Face It, Corp., or Face It, of his claim for indemnification

by us (as successor in interest to Face It), and for advancement of all legal fees and expenses he incurs in connection with the defense of the lawsuit captioned
Melcher, et al. v. Five9, Inc., et al., No. 16-cv-02440, in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of California, which we refer to as the Melcher
Litigation. In the lawsuit, plaintiff Carl Melcher, a purported former stockholder of Face It, and his related investment entity, Melcher Family Limited
Partnership, alleged that Face It repurchased the plaintiffs’ stock in September 2013 before we acquired Face It, and that in connection with the repurchase,
Fried made material misstatements or omissions to Melcher by failing to disclose that Face It allegedly was in concurrent discussions about a potential sale of
its company to us. The lawsuit alleged violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder,
as well as various claims under state law and common law. On January 9, 2018, Mr. Fried initiated an arbitration proceeding against us in which he alleged
that we breached advancement obligations to him. We asserted counterclaims in the arbitration proceeding against both Mr. Fried and the representative of the
former Face It stockholders, seeking to recoup all losses incurred by us

62

  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents

in connection with the Melcher Litigation, including any amounts incurred to indemnify or advance the legal fees and expenses of Mr. Fried pursuant to his
indemnification claim.

On June 11, 2018, the arbitrator ordered us to advance the fees Mr. Fried incurred in connection with the defense of the Melcher Litigation, and ordered

our counterclaims stayed pending the resolution of the Melcher Litigation.

In June 2019, Mr. Fried reached a settlement in the Melcher Litigation. Pursuant to a separate June 2019 settlement agreement between us, Mr. Fried,

and the representative of the former Face It stockholders, we agreed to contribute a portion of the amount Mr. Fried agreed to pay the Melcher parties.
Specifically, we agreed to pay $0.4 million to the Melcher parties on Mr. Fried’s behalf in light of Mr. Fried’s asserted indemnity obligations against us. As a
result of the settlements, all claims against us, including claims for indemnification, have been released by Mr. Fried and the former Face It stockholders. We
also released claims we asserted against Mr. Fried and the former Face It stockholders. The Melcher Litigation and the arbitration proceeding have been
dismissed. We incurred a total of approximately $1.4 million in fees and expenses including legal fees advanced on Mr. Fried’s behalf and settlement
contributions for the Melcher Litigation. These amounts were included in general and administrative expenses.

 Contingencies — Legal and Regulatory

We are subject to certain legal and regulatory proceedings, and from time to time may be involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits, investigations, and

proceedings relating to contractual disputes, intellectual property rights, employment matters, regulatory compliance matters, and other litigation matters
relating to various claims that arise in the normal course of business. We determine whether an estimated loss from a contingency should be accrued by
assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. We assess our potential liability by analyzing specific litigation and regulatory
matters using reasonably available information. We develop our views on estimated losses in consultation with inside and outside counsel, which involves a
subjective analysis of potential results and outcomes, assuming various combinations of appropriate litigation and settlement strategies. Legal fees are
expensed in the period in which they are incurred. See Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements for more details.

ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due

to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency
exchange rates. We do not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

We had cash and cash equivalents, and marketable securities totaling $319.9 million as of December 31, 2019. Cash equivalents and marketable
securities were invested primarily in U.S. agency securities, U.S. treasury, municipal bonds, commercial paper, corporate bonds, certificates of deposit and
money market funds. Our investment policy is focused on the preservation of capital and supporting our liquidity needs. Under the policy, we invest in highly
rated securities, while limiting the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer other than the U.S. government. We do not invest in financial instruments for
trading or speculative purposes, nor do we use leveraged financial instruments. We utilize external investment managers who adhere to the guidelines of our
investment policy. A hypothetical 100 basis point change in interest rates would not have a material impact on the value of our cash and cash equivalents or
marketable investments.

In May 2018, we issued $258.8 million aggregate principal amount of convertible senior notes. The fair value of the convertible senior notes is subject

to interest rate risk, market risk and other factors due to the conversion feature. The fair value of the convertible senior notes will generally increase as our
common stock price increases and will generally decrease as our common stock price declines. The interest and market value changes affect the fair value of
the convertible senior notes but do not impact our financial position, cash flows or results of operations due to the fixed nature of the debt obligation.
Additionally, we carry the convertible senior notes at face value less unamortized discount on our consolidated balance sheets, and we present the fair value
for required disclosure purposes only.

63

Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Risk

The functional currency of our foreign subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Our sales are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars and, therefore, our revenue is

not directly subject to foreign currency risk. However, we are indirectly exposed to foreign currency risk. A stronger U.S. dollar could make our solution
more expensive in foreign countries and therefore reduce demand. A weaker U.S. dollar could have the opposite effect. Such economic exposure to currency
fluctuations is difficult to measure or predict because our sales are influenced by many factors in addition to the impact of currency fluctuations.

Our operating expenses are generally denominated in the currencies of the countries in which our operations are located, except for Russia where

compensation of our employees is primarily denominated in the U.S. dollar. Our consolidated results of operations and cash flows are, therefore, subject to
fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and may be adversely affected in the future due to changes in foreign exchange rates. To date,
we have not entered into any hedging arrangements with respect to foreign currency risk or other derivative financial instruments. During the year ended
December 31, 2019, the effect of a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates applicable to our business would have a maximum impact of
$1.7 million on our operating results.

64

Table of Contents

ITEM 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

65

66

69

70

71

72

73

Table of Contents

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors

Five9, Inc.:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Opinions on the Consolidated Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Five9, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the
related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period
ended December 31, 2019 and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). We also have audited the Company’s internal control
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of
December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2019, in
conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for revenue from contracts with
customers and sales commissions as of January 1, 2018, due to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (FASB) Accounting Standards
Codification (ASC) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and Subtopic 340-40, Other Assets and Deferred Costs – Contracts with Customers.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for leases as of January 1, 2019, due to
the adoption of FASB ASC Topic 842, Leases.

Basis for Opinions

The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and
for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal
Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements
and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S.
federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis,
evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal
control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness
exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our

66

Table of Contents

audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over
financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect
the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being
made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or
timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance
with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated
financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of a critical audit matter does not
alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below,
providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Evaluation of the sufficiency of audit evidence over revenues from subscription services and related usage

As described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company charges clients subscription fees, usually billed on a monthly basis, for
access to the Company’s Virtual Contract Center (“VCC”) cloud platform. The subscription fees are primarily based on the number of agent seats as well
as the specific VCC functionalities and applications deployed by the client. Agent seats are defined as the maximum number of named agents allowed to
concurrently access the VCC cloud platform. Substantially all of the Company’s clients purchase both subscriptions and related telephony usage. The
related telephony usage fees are based primarily on the volume of minutes used for inbound and outbound client interactions. There are high volumes of
subscription and related usage transactions processed across multiple information technology (“IT”) systems.

We identified the evaluation of the sufficiency of audit evidence over subscription services and related usage as a critical audit matter. The high volume
of transactions and nature of the audit evidence obtained to demonstrate the occurrence and classification of these transactions is highly dependent on
these IT systems. Therefore, auditor judgment was required to determine the nature and extent of audit evidence obtained, the need to involve IT
professionals to assist with the performance of certain procedures and to evaluate the results of the procedures.

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included the following: We involved IT professionals with specialized skill and
knowledge to assist in testing certain internal controls over the Company’s revenue process, including controls over the capture and flow of subscription
and related usage transactional information through the Company’s IT systems. We placed test calls and observed that call attributes such as duration and
type of service were captured in the relevant IT systems. On a sample basis, we tested the Company’s monthly client billing activity by comparing the
client’s billed agent seats or minutes to the quantities and service type provided as evidenced in the relevant IT systems. For each billing sample tested,
we also compared the agent seats, service types and rates for consistency with underlying documentation, including client contracts. We evaluated the
overall sufficiency of audit evidence obtained over revenue for subscription services and related usage.

67

Table of Contents

KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2012.

San Francisco, California
February 27, 2020

68

FIVE9, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except per share data)

December 31,

2019

2018

Table of Contents

ASSETS

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

Marketable investments

Accounts receivable, net

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Deferred contract acquisition costs

Total current assets

Property and equipment, net

Operating lease right-of-use assets

Intangible assets, net

Goodwill

Other assets

Deferred contract acquisition costs — less current portion

Total assets

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable

Accrued and other current liabilities

Operating lease liabilities

Accrued federal fees

Sales tax liabilities

Finance lease liabilities

Deferred revenue

Total current liabilities

Convertible senior notes

Sales tax liabilities — less current portion

Operating lease liabilities — less current portion

Finance lease liabilities — less current portion

Other long-term liabilities

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)

Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 5,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019
and 2018
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 450,000 shares authorized, 61,544 shares and 59,210 shares issued and outstanding
as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively
Additional paid-in capital

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

Accumulated deficit

Total stockholders’ equity

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

69

$

77,976   

$

241,973   

37,655   

10,656   

13,014   

381,274   

33,190   

8,746   

15,533   

11,798   

1,184   

30,655   

$

$

482,380   

$

10,156   

$

18,385   

5,064   

2,303   

1,885   

3,518   

24,681   

65,992   

209,604   

838   

4,329   

809   

4,350   

81,912   

209,907   

24,797   

8,014   

9,372   

334,002   

25,885   

—   

631   

11,798   

836   

21,514   

394,666   

7,010   

13,771   

—   

1,434   

1,741   

6,647   

17,391   

47,994   

196,763   

841   

—   

4,509   

1,811   

285,922   

251,918   

—   

61   

351,870   

576   

(156,049)  

196,458   

$

482,380   

$

—   

59   

294,279   

(93)  

(151,497)  

142,748   

394,666   

Table of Contents

FIVE9, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(In thousands, except per share data)

Revenue

Cost of revenue

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Research and development

Sales and marketing

General and administrative

Total operating expenses

Income (loss) from operations

Other income (expense), net:

Interest expense

Interest income and other

Total other income (expense), net

Income (loss) before income taxes

Provision for income taxes

Net loss

Net loss per share:

Basic and diluted

Shares used in computing net loss per share:

Basic and diluted

Comprehensive Loss:

Net Loss

Other comprehensive income (loss)

Comprehensive loss

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

$

328,006   

$

257,664   

$

200,225   

134,511   

193,495   

45,190   

95,592   

49,446   

190,228   

3,267   

(13,794)  

6,079   

(7,715)  

(4,448)  

104   

(4,552)  

(0.08)  

60,371   

(4,552)  

669   

(3,883)  

$

$

$

$

104,034   

153,630   

34,172   

72,001   

40,448   

146,621   

7,009   

(10,245)  

3,315   

(6,930)  

79   

300   

(221)  

—   

58,076   

(221)  

(93)  

(314)  

$

$

$

$

83,104   

117,121   

27,120   

66,570   

29,151   

122,841   

(5,720)  

(3,471)  

490   

(2,981)  

(8,701)  

268   

(8,969)  

(0.16)  

54,946   

(8,969)  

—   

(8,969)  

$

$

$

$

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

70

Table of Contents

FIVE9, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands)

Balance as of December 31, 2016

53,363   

$

53   

$

196,555   

$

—   

$

(166,280)  

$

30,328   

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Additional Paid-
In Capital

Accumulated 
Other Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Accumulated 
Deficit

Total Stockholders’
Equity

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options and
warrants

Issuance of common stock upon vesting of restricted stock
units

Issuance of common stock under ESPP

Stock-based compensation

Other (1)
Net loss

Balance as of December 31, 2017

Net reduction to opening accumulated deficit due to adoption
of ASC 606(2)
Equity component of issuance of convertible senior notes

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options and
warrants

Issuance of common stock upon vesting of restricted stock
units

Issuance of common stock under ESPP

Stock-based compensation

Shares held for tax withholdings

Other comprehensive loss

Net loss

Balance as of December 31, 2018

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

Issuance of common stock upon vesting of restricted stock
units

Issuance of common stock under ESPP

Stock-based compensation

Other comprehensive income

Net loss

Balance as of December 31, 2019

2,033   

2   

6,033   

971   

265   

—   

—   

—   

56,632   

—   

—   

1   

1   

—   

—   

—   

57   

—   

—   

(1)  

4,100   

15,343   

172   

—   

222,202   

—   

30,346   

1,285   

1   

7,778   

1,047   

246   

—   

—   

—   

—   

59,210   

932   

1,204   

198   

—   

—   

—   

1   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

59   

1   

1   

—   

—   

—   

—   

(1)  

5,730   

28,484   

(260)  

—   

—   

294,279   

7,704   

(1)  

7,823   

42,065   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

(93)  

—   

(93)  

—   

—   

—   

—   

669   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

(172)  

(8,969)  

(175,421)  

24,145   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

(221)  

(151,497)  

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

(4,552)  

6,035   

—   

4,101   

15,343   

—   

(8,969)  

46,838   

24,145   

30,346   

7,779   

—   

5,730   

28,484   

(260)  

(93)  

(221)  

142,748   

7,705   

—   

7,823   

42,065   

669   

(4,552)  

61,544   

$

61   

$

351,870   

$

576   

$

(156,049)  

$

196,458   

(1) Effective January 2017, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-09 - Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment

Accounting. Accordingly, the Company accounted for forfeitures as they occurred rather than by estimating expected forfeitures. This amount represents the net effect of
this change. See Note 1 for more information.

(2) Effective January 2018, the Company adopted ASU 2014-09 - Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Topic 606. Accordingly, the Company recorded a net reduction to

opening accumulated deficit of $24.1 million as of January 1, 2018 due to the cumulative impact of adopting the new standard. See Note 1 for more information.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

71

Table of Contents

FIVE9, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Amortization of operating lease right-of-use assets
Amortization of premium on marketable investments
Provision for doubtful accounts
Stock-based compensation
Amortization of discount and issuance costs on convertible senior notes
Reversal of interest and penalties on accrued federal fees
Gain on sale of convertible note held for investment
Others
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Deferred contract acquisition costs
Other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued and other current liabilities
Accrued federal fees and sales tax liability
Deferred revenue
Other liabilities

Net cash provided by operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of marketable investments
Proceeds from maturities of marketable investments
Purchases of property and equipment
Cash paid to acquire substantially all of the assets of Whendu, LLC
Proceeds from sale of convertible note held for investment

Net cash used in investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of convertible senior notes, net of issuance costs paid $8,039
Payments for capped call transactions
Proceeds from exercise of common stock options
Proceeds from sale of common stock under ESPP
Payments of employee taxes related to vested common stock
Repayments on revolving line of credit
Repayments of notes payable
Payments of finance leases

Net cash provided by financing activities

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents:
Beginning of year

End of year
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow data:
Cash paid for interest
Cash paid for income taxes
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Equipment obtained under finance lease
Equipment purchased and unpaid at period-end
Capitalization of leasehold improvement through non-cash lease incentive
Acquisition and related transaction costs accrued at period-end

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

$

(4,552)  

$

(221)  

$

(8,969)  

14,374   
4,735   
(1,108)  
90   
42,065   
12,788   
—   
(217)  
448   

(12,935)  
(2,671)  
(12,783)  
(348)  
2,549   
(544)  
1,010   
8,695   
(375)  

51,221   

(359,470)  
328,740   
(19,228)  
(13,890)  
217   

(63,631)  

—   
—   
7,705   
7,823   
—   
—   
—   
(7,054)  

8,474   

(3,936)  

81,912   

77,976   

1,029   
281   

—   
2,890   
79   
1,895   

$

$

$

10,274   
—   
(670)  
90   
28,484   
7,881   
—   
(312)  
160   

(5,829)  
(2,806)  
(7,748)  
193   
2,418   
1,865   
495   
3,956   
392   

38,622   

(220,704)  
11,293   
(9,261)  
—   
1,923   

(216,749)  

250,711   
(31,412)  
7,779   
5,730   
(260)  
(32,594)  
(318)  
(8,544)  

191,092   

12,965   

68,947   

81,912   

2,288   
159   

5,142   
1,583   
—   
—   

$

$

$

8,314   
—   
—   
95   
15,343   
—   
(2,133)  
—   
(313)  

(5,163)  
(1,912)  
—   
(33)  
813   
1,061   
90   
3,882   
31   

11,106   

—   
—   
(2,650)  
—   
—   

(2,650)  

—   
—   
6,035   
4,101   
—   
—   
(699)  
(7,068)  

2,369   

10,825   

58,122   

68,947   

3,311   
121   

10,261   
145   
142   
—   

$

$

$

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

72

Table of Contents

FIVE9, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Five9, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (the “Company”) is a provider of cloud software for contact centers. The Company was incorporated in

Delaware in 2001 and is headquartered in San Ramon, California. The Company has offices in Europe and Asia, which primarily provide research,
development, sales, marketing, and client support services.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United

States (“GAAP”) and applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) regarding annual financial reporting. All
intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Certain prior period amounts included in the consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported
amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The significant estimates made by management affect revenue and related reserves.
Management periodically evaluates such estimates and they are adjusted prospectively based upon such periodic evaluation. Actual results could differ from
those estimates.

Foreign Currency

The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. For these subsidiaries, the monetary assets and liabilities are re-
measured into U.S. dollars at the current exchange rate as of the balance sheet date, and all non-monetary assets and liabilities are re-measured into U.S.
dollars at historical exchange rates. Revenues are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars. Expenses are converted using average rates in effect on a monthly
basis. Exchange gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions were not significant in any period and are reported in “Other income (expense),
net” in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase. The

Company’s cash equivalents consist of investments in money market funds, U.S. treasury securities, U.S. agency securities and commercial paper.

Marketable Investments

The Company’s marketable investments consist of U.S agency securities and government sponsored securities, U.S. treasury securities, certificates of

deposit, municipal bonds, corporate bonds and commercial paper. The Company determines the appropriate classification of its investments in marketable
investments at the time of purchase and re-evaluates such designation at each balance sheet date. The Company’s marketable investments have been classified
and accounted for as available-for-sale. Marketable investments are carried at fair value.

Concentration Risks

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk, consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents,

marketable investments and accounts receivable. A significant portion of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents is held at three large reputable financial
institutions. Total cash

73

 
Table of Contents

and cash equivalents in excess of insured limits were $77.6 million and $81.0 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company has not
experienced any losses in such accounts.

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, no single client represented more than 10% of accounts receivable. For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018

and 2017, no single client represented more than 10% of revenue.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company records a provision for doubtful accounts based on historical experience and a detailed assessment of the collectability of its accounts
receivable. In estimating the allowance for doubtful accounts, management considers, among other factors, the aging of the accounts receivable, historical
write-offs and the creditworthiness of each client. If circumstances change, such as higher-than-expected defaults or an unexpected material adverse change in
a major client’s ability to meet its financial obligations, the Company’s estimate of the recoverability of the amounts due could be reduced by a material
amount.

The following table presents the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts (in thousands):

Balance, beginning of period

Add: bad debt expense

Less: write-offs, net of recoveries

Balance, end of period

Property and Equipment, Net

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

12   

90   

(91)  

11   

$

$

33   

90   

(111)  

12   

$

$

12   

95   

(74)  

33   

   $

   $

Property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization, and is depreciated using the straight-line method over the

estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

Asset Category
Computer and network equipment

Computer software

Development costs

Furniture and fixtures

Leasehold improvements

Estimated Useful Lives
3 to 5 years

3 years

1 to 5 years

7 years

Shorter of useful life or lease term

Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, and improvements and betterments are capitalized. When assets are retired or otherwise

disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the consolidated balance sheet and any resulting gain or loss is
reflected in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss in the period realized.

The Company evaluates the recoverability of property and equipment for possible impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of such assets or asset groups may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is measured by a comparison of the carrying amounts to
the future undiscounted cash flows the assets or asset groups are expected to generate. If such evaluation indicates that the carrying amount of the assets or
asset groups is not recoverable, the carrying amount of such assets or asset groups is reduced to fair value. No impairment losses have been recognized in any
of the periods presented.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The Company records goodwill when the consideration paid in a business combination exceeds the fair value of the net tangible assets and the
identified intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead is required to be tested for impairment annually and whenever events or changes
in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of goodwill may exceed its fair value.

The Company performs testing for impairment of goodwill in its fourth quarter, or as events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than

not reduce the fair value of the Company’s single reporting unit below its carrying amount. A qualitative assessment is first made to determine whether it is
necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. This initial qualitative assessment includes, among other things,

74

 
  
  
  
Table of Contents

consideration of: (i) market capitalization of the Company; (ii) past, current and projected future earnings and equity; (iii) recent trends and market
conditions; and (iv) valuation metrics involving similar companies that are publicly-traded and acquisitions of similar companies, if available. If this initial
qualitative assessment indicates that it is more likely than not that impairment exists, a second analysis will be performed, involving a comparison between
the estimated fair values of the Company’s single reporting unit with its respective carrying amount including goodwill. If the carrying value exceeds
estimated fair value, there is an indication of potential impairment, and a third analysis is performed to measure the amount of impairment. The third analysis
involves calculating an implied fair value of goodwill by measuring the excess of the estimated fair value of the single reporting unit over the aggregate
estimated fair values of the individual assets less liabilities. If the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of goodwill, an impairment charge
is recorded for the excess.

Intangible assets, consisting of acquired developed technology, domain names and customer relationships, are carried at cost less accumulated

amortization. All intangible assets have been determined to have definite lives and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated remaining
economic lives, ranging from three to seven years. Amortization expense related to developed technology is included in cost of revenue. Amortization
expense related to customer relationships is included in sales and marketing expense. Amortization expense related to domain names is included in general
and administrative expense. Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate an asset’s carrying value
may not be recoverable.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when control of the promised services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that the Company

expects to receive in exchange for those services. The Company generates all of its revenue from contracts with customers. In contracts with multiple
performance obligations, it identifies each performance obligation and evaluates whether the performance obligations are distinct within the context of the
contract at contract inception. Performance obligations that are not distinct at contract inception are combined. The Company allocates the transaction price to
each distinct performance obligation proportionately based on the estimated standalone selling price for each performance obligation. The Company then
looks to how services are transferred to the customer in order to determine the timing of revenue recognition. Most services provided under the Company’s
agreements result in the transfer of control over time.

The Company’s revenue consists of subscription services and related usage as well as professional services. The Company charges clients subscription
fees, usually billed on a monthly basis, for access to the Company’s VCC solution. The subscription fees are primarily based on the number of agent seats, as
well as the specific VCC functionalities and applications deployed by the client. Agent seats are defined as the maximum number of named agents allowed to
concurrently access the VCC cloud platform. Clients typically have more named agents than agent seats. Multiple named agents may use an agent seat,
though not simultaneously. Substantially all of the Company’s clients purchase both subscriptions and related telephony usage. A small percentage of the
Company’s clients subscribe to its platform but purchase telephony usage directly from a wholesale telecommunications service provider. The Company does
not sell telephony usage on a stand-alone basis to any client. The related usage fees are generally based on the volume of minutes used for inbound and
outbound client interactions. Revenue generated from telephony usage is presented in revenue and cost of sales on a gross basis, as the Company is the party
that controls the service and is responsible for fulfilling the promise to provide the call service by diverting the calls to selected carriers. The Company also
offers bundled plans, generally for smaller deployments, whereby the client is charged a single monthly fixed fee per agent seat that includes both
subscription and unlimited usage in the contiguous 48 states and, in some cases, Canada. Professional services revenue is derived primarily from VCC
implementations, including application configuration, system integration, optimization, education and training services. Clients are not permitted to take
possession of the Company’s software.

The Company offers monthly, annual and multiple-year contracts to its clients, generally with 30 days’ notice required for reductions in the number of
agent seats. Increases in the number of agent seats can be provisioned almost immediately. The Company’s clients, therefore, are able to adjust the number of
agent seats used to meet their changing contact center needs. The Company’s larger clients typically choose annual contracts, which generally include an
implementation and ramp period of several months. Fixed subscription fees, including bundled plans, are generally billed monthly in advance, while related
usage fees are billed in arrears. Support activities include technical assistance for the Company’s solution and upgrades and enhancements to the VCC cloud
platform on a when-and-if-available basis, which are not billed separately.

75

Table of Contents

The Company generally requires advance deposits from its clients based on estimated usage when such usage is not billed as part of a bundled plan.

Any unused portion of the deposit is refundable to the client upon termination of the arrangement, provided all amounts due have been paid. All fees, except
usage deposits, are non-refundable.

Professional services are primarily billed on a fixed-fee basis. Revenue for professional services is recognized over time, as services are performed.

The estimation of variable consideration for each performance obligation requires the Company to make subjective judgments resulting in estimated

variable consideration that is included in the transaction fee. This is done to the extent that it is probable, in the Company’s judgment, that a significant
reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized under the contract will not occur. The Company estimates the variable consideration in order to
allocate the overall transaction fee on a relative stand-alone selling price basis to its multiple performance obligations. When services are included in the
contract with the customer and are not sold at their stand-alone selling price, this requires the Company to estimate the number of seats the customer will use,
especially during the initial ramp period of the contract, during which the Company bills under an ‘actual usage’ model for subscription-related services.

The Company recognizes revenue on fixed fee professional services performance obligations based on the proportion of labor hours expended
compared to the total hours expected to complete the related performance obligation. The determination of the total labor hours expected to complete the
performance obligations involves judgment, which influences the initial stand-alone selling price estimate as well as the timing of professional services
revenue recognition, although this is typically resolved in a short time frame.

When a contract with a customer is signed, the Company assesses whether collection of the fees under the arrangement is probable. The Company
assesses collection based on a number of factors, including past transaction history and the creditworthiness of the client. The Company maintains a revenue
reserve for potential credits to be issued in accordance with service level agreements or for other revenue adjustments.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue consists of billings or payments received from clients for subscription service, usage and professional services in advance of revenue

recognition and is recognized in accordance with the Company’s revenue recognition policy discussed above. The Company generally invoices its clients
monthly in advance for subscription services. Accordingly, the deferred revenue balance does not represent the total contract value of sales arrangements.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists primarily of personnel costs, including stock-based compensation, fees that the Company pays to telecommunications

providers for usage, Universal Service Fund and related funds, or USF, contributions and other regulatory costs, depreciation and related expenses of the
servers and equipment, costs to build out and maintain co-location data centers, and allocated office and facility costs and amortization of acquired
technology. Personnel costs include those associated with support of the Company’s solution, clients and data center operations, as well as with providing
professional services. Data center costs include costs to build out and setup, as well as co-location fees for the right to place the Company’s servers in data
centers owned by third parties.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses consist primarily of salary and related expenses, including stock-based compensation, for personnel related to the

development of improvements and expanded features for our services, as well as quality assurance, testing, product management and allocated overhead.
Research and development costs are expensed as incurred except for internal use software development costs that qualify for capitalization. The Company
reviews development costs incurred for internal-use software in the application development stage and assesses costs for capitalization.

Advertising Costs

The Company primarily advertises its services through the internet and in conjunction with partners. Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and

were $13.4 million, $12.2 million and $11.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

76

Table of Contents

Commissions

Commissions consist of variable compensation earned by sales personnel and referral fees the Company pays to third parties. Under Accounting

Standard Codification 605 - Revenue Recognition (“ASC 605”), all sales commissions associated with the acquisition or renewal of a client contract were
recognized as sales and marketing expense as incurred. On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted Accounting Standard Codification 606 - Revenue from
Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”). In connection with the adoption of ASC 606, the Company also adopted ASC 340-40, Other Assets and Deferred
Costs - Contracts with Customers (“ASC 340-40”), which requires the deferral of incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer. Collectively, the
Company refers to ASC 606 and ASC 340-40 as the “new standard.” Under the new standard, the Company defers all incremental commission costs to obtain
the contract, and amortizes these costs over a period of benefit determined to be five years. Commission expense was $15.0 million, $10.3 million and $14.0
million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

All stock-based compensation granted to employees and non-employee directors is measured at the grant date fair value of the award. The Company
estimates the fair value of stock options and purchase rights under the Company’s Equity Incentive Plans and the 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or
ESPP, respectively, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of restricted stock awards is equal to the fair value of the Company’s
common stock on the date of grant. Compensation expense is recognized net of forfeitures using the straight-line method over the service period, which is
generally the vesting period.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future
tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered
or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in operations in the period that includes the enactment date.
The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount of future tax benefit that is more likely than not to be realized. As
of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company recorded a full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets because of its history of operating losses
in the United States. The Company classifies interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense.

Comprehensive loss

Comprehensive loss consists of net income (loss), unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale marketable investments and the effects of foreign

currency translation adjustments. The Company presents comprehensive loss as part of the consolidated statements of operations. The changes in the
accumulated balances of the components of other comprehensive income (loss) were not material for the periods presented.

Net Income (Loss) Per Share

Basic net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding

during the period, and excludes any dilutive effects of employee stock-based awards and warrants. Diluted net income (loss) per share is computed giving
effect to all potentially dilutive common shares, including common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options and warrants, vesting of restricted stock
units and purchases under the ESPP. In periods of net loss, all potentially issuable shares of common stock are excluded from the diluted net loss per share
computation because they are anti-dilutive. Therefore, basic and diluted net loss per share are the same for all years presented in the Company’s consolidated
statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Indemnification

The Company, in the ordinary course of business, enters into agreements of varying scope and terms pursuant to which it agrees to indemnify clients,

vendors, lessors, business partners and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, losses arising out of breach of such
agreements, including breach of security,

77

Table of Contents

services to be provided by the Company or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. To date, the Company has not incurred any
material costs as a result of such indemnification provisions and the Company has not accrued any liabilities related to such obligations in the consolidated
financial statements as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Segment Information

The Company has determined that its Chief Executive Officer is its chief operating decision maker. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer reviews

financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of assessing performance and making decisions on how to allocate resources.
Accordingly, the Company has determined that it operates in a single reportable segment.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In March 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-09, Compensation-
Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. This ASU simplifies several aspects of the accounting for
share-based payment transactions, including the accounting for income taxes, forfeitures, and statutory tax withholding requirements, as well as classification
in the statement of cash flows. The guidance was effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of 2017. Accordingly, commencing in January 2017,
the Company accounted for forfeitures as they occurred, rather than by estimating expected forfeitures. The net effect of this change was recognized as a $0.2
million reduction to accumulated deficit in the consolidated financial statements. Upon adoption of the new standard, all excess tax benefits and tax
deficiencies (including tax benefits of dividends on share-based payment awards) are recognized as income tax expense or benefit in the income statement.
The tax effects of exercised or vested awards are treated as discrete items in the reporting period in which they occur. The Company also recognizes excess
tax benefits regardless of whether the benefit reduces taxes payable in the current period. The Company applied the modified retrospective adoption approach
beginning January 1, 2017 and prior periods have not been adjusted. As a result, the Company established a net operating loss deferred tax asset of
$5.3 million to account for prior period excess tax benefits through retained earnings, however an offsetting valuation allowance of $5.3 million was also
established through retained earnings because it is not more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will be realized due to historical and expected future
losses, such that there is no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Topic 606 (“ASU 2014-09”), amending revenue

recognition guidance and requiring more detailed disclosures to enable users of financial statements to understand the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty
of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. ASU 2014-09 also includes Subtopic 340-40, Other Assets and Deferred Costs - Contracts
with Customers, which requires the deferral of incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer. The Company adopted ASU 2014-09 and its related
amendments (collectively “ASC 606”) effective on January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective method. The Company recorded a net reduction to
opening accumulated deficit of $24.1 million as of January 1, 2018 due to the cumulative impact of adopting ASC 606. The primary impact of adopting this
new standard related to the deferral of $23.1 million in incremental commission costs of obtaining subscription contracts. The remaining $1.0 million impact
of adopting this new standard related to revenue being recognized earlier than it would have been under ASC 605.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) and issued subsequent amendments to the initial guidance in 2017, 2018 and
2019 (collectively, “ASC 842”). Under the new guidance, a lessee is required to recognize assets and liabilities for both finance, previously known as capital,
and operating leases with lease terms of more than 12 months. ASC 842 also requires disclosures to help investors and other financial statement users better
understand the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. Lessor accounting remained largely unchanged from previous GAAP. In
transition, the Company was required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective
approach that included a number of optional practical expedients that the Company elected to apply. The Company adopted ASC 842 using the modified
retrospective method on January 1, 2019. The Company elected the available practical expedients, implemented internal controls, and a lease accounting
system to enable the preparation of financial information upon adoption. The adoption of ASC 842 resulted in the recognition of operating lease liabilities of
$8.4 million and operating lease right-of-use, or ROU, assets of the same amount. Existing deferred rent of $0.6 million was recorded as an offset to ROU
assets, resulting in net ROU assets of $7.8 million. The

78

Table of Contents

Company’s accounting for finance leases remained substantially unchanged. The adoption of ASC 842 did not have any impact on the Company's operating
results or cash flows.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s
Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract (“ASU 2018-15”), which clarifies the
accounting for implementation costs in cloud computing arrangements. The Company early adopted ASU 2018-15 prospectively on January 1, 2019 to align
the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalization costs
incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software and hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software license. The adoption of ASU 2018-15 did
not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Effective

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial
Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”), which requires measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held at amortized cost, include trade
receivables. ASU 2016-13 replaces the existing incurred loss impairment model with an expected loss model that requires the forward-looking information to
calculate credit loss estimates. It also eliminates the concept of other-than-temporary impairment and requires credit losses related to available-for-sale debt
securities to be recorded through an allowance for credit losses rather than as a reduction in the amortized cost basis of the securities. These changes will
result in more timely recognition of credit losses. The Company will adopt ASU 2016-13 using the modified retrospective method on January 1, 2020. The
Company does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASU 2019-12”),

which amends its guidance to simplify the accounting for income taxes by, among other provisions, removing exceptions to certain general principles in Topic
740, Income Taxes. The standard will be effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of 2021, with early adoption permitted. The Company is
currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2019-12 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

There are several other new accounting pronouncements issued by the FASB, which the Company will adopt. However, the Company does not believe

any of those accounting pronouncements will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position, operating results or statements of cash flows.

79

Table of Contents

2. Revenue

Contract Balances

The following table provides information about accounts receivable, net, deferred contract acquisition costs, contract assets and contract liabilities from

contracts with customers (in thousands):

Accounts receivable, net

Deferred contract acquisition costs:

Current

Non-current

Total deferred contract acquisition costs

Contract assets and contract liabilities:

Contract assets (included in prepaid expenses and other current assets)

Contract liabilities (deferred revenue)

Net contract assets (liabilities)

December 31, 2019

December 31, 2018

37,655    $

24,797   

13,014    $

30,655   

43,669    $

825    $

24,681   

(23,856)   $

9,372   

21,514   

30,886   

330   

17,391   

(17,061)  

$

$

$

$

$

The Company receives payments from customers based upon billing cycles. Invoice payment terms are usually 30 days or less. Accounts receivable are

recorded when the right to consideration becomes unconditional.

Deferred contract acquisition costs are recorded when incurred and are amortized over a customer benefit period of five years.

The Company’s contract assets consist of unbilled amounts typically resulting from professional services revenue recognition when it exceeds the total

amounts billed to the customer. The Company’s contract liabilities consist of advance payments and billings in excess of revenue recognized.

In the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recognized revenue of $15.9 million related to its contract liabilities at December 31, 2018.

Remaining Performance Obligations

As of December 31, 2019, the aggregate amount of the total transaction price allocated in contracts with original duration of greater than one year to the

remaining performance obligations was $159.9 million. The Company expects to recognize revenue on approximately four-fifths of the remaining
performance obligation over the next 24 months, with the balance recognized thereafter. The Company has elected the optional exemption, which allows for
the exclusion of the amounts for remaining performance obligations that are part of contracts with an original expected duration of one year or less. Such
remaining performance obligations represent unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied performance obligations pursuant to ASC 606.

80

Table of Contents

3. Investments and Fair Value Measurements

Marketable Investments

The Company’s marketable investments have been classified and accounted for as available-for-sale. The Company’s marketable investments as of

December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows (in thousands):

Certificates of deposit

U.S. treasury

U.S. agency securities

Commercial paper

Municipal bonds

Corporate bonds

Total

Certificates of deposit

U.S. treasury

U.S. agency and government sponsored securities

Commercial paper

Municipal bonds

Corporate bonds

Total

December 31, 2019

Cost

Gross Unrealized
Gains

Gross Unrealized
Losses

Fair Value

$

161    $

1    $

—    $

162   

31,933   

177,629   

15,240   

3,014   

13,876   

8   

110   

—   

1   

10   

(1)  

(9)  

—   

—   

—   

31,940   

177,730   

15,240   

3,015   

13,886   

$

241,853    $

130    $

(10)   $

241,973   

December 31, 2018

Cost

Gross Unrealized
Gains

Gross Unrealized
Losses

Fair Value

$

4,259    $

—    $

—    $

637   

154,314   

3,475   

6,090   

41,307   

—   

1   

—   

—   

—   

—   

(111)  

—   

(4)  

(61)  

4,259   

637   

154,204   

3,475   

6,086   

41,246   

$

210,082    $

1    $

(176)   $

209,907   

The following table presents the gross unrealized losses and the fair value for those marketable investments that were in an unrealized loss position for

less than 12 months as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands):

U.S. treasury

U.S. agency and government sponsored securities

Municipal bonds

Corporate bonds

Total

December 31, 2019

December 31, 2018

Gross Unrealized
Losses

Fair Value

Gross Unrealized
Losses

Fair Value

$

$

(1)   $

12,926    $

—    $

637   

(9)  

—   

—   

36,322   

—   

251   

(111)  

(4)  

(61)  

153,212   

6,086   

41,246   

(10)   $

49,499    $

(176)   $

201,181   

The contractual maturities of the Company’s marketable investments as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 were less than one year.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company carries cash equivalents and marketable investments at fair value. Fair value is based on the price that would be received from selling an

asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is estimated by applying the
following hierarchy, which

81

Table of Contents

prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is
available and significant to the fair value measurement:

Level 1 — Observable inputs, which include unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 — Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs, such as quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be

corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are based on management’s assumptions, including fair value

measurements determined by using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques.

The Company determined the fair value of its Level 1 financial instruments, which are traded in active markets, using quoted market prices for identical

instruments.

Marketable investments classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy are valued based on other observable inputs, including broker or dealer

quotations or alternative pricing sources. When quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities are not available, the Company relies on non-
binding quotes from its investment managers, which are based on proprietary valuation models of independent pricing services. These models generally use
inputs such as observable market data, quoted market prices for similar instruments, historical pricing trends of a security as relative to its peers. To validate
the fair value determination provided by its investment managers, the Company reviews the pricing movement in the context of overall market trends and
trading information from its investment managers. The Company performs routine procedures such as comparing prices obtained from independent source to
ensure that appropriate fair values are recorded.

82

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the Company’s assets measured at fair value by level within the fair value hierarchy (in thousands):

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

December 31, 2019

Assets

Cash equivalents

Money market funds

Commercial paper

Total cash equivalents

Marketable investments

Certificates of deposit

U.S. Treasury

U.S. agency securities

Commercial paper

Municipal bonds

Corporate bonds

$

$

$

$

$

$

2,179   

—   

2,179   

—   

31,940   

—   

—   

—   

—   

$

$

$

—   

2,697   

2,697   

162   

—   

177,730   

15,240   

3,015   

13,886   

Total marketable investments

$

31,940   

$

210,033   

$

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

$

$

$

2,179   

2,697   

4,876   

162   

31,940   

177,730   

15,240   

3,015   

13,886   

$

241,973   

Assets

Cash equivalents

Money market funds

U.S. Treasury

U.S. agency securities

Commercial paper

Total cash equivalents

Marketable investments

Certificates of deposit

U.S. Treasury

U.S. agency securities and government sponsored securities

Commercial paper

Municipal bonds

Corporate bonds

Total marketable investments

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

December 31, 2018

$

$

$

10,833   

$

$

$

638   

—   

—   

11,471   

—   

637   

—   

—   

—   

—   

$

$

$

—   

—   

50   

498   

548   

4,259   

—   

154,204   

3,475   

6,086   

41,246   

$

637   

$

209,270   

$

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

$

$

$

10,833   

638   

50   

498   

12,019   

4,259   

637   

154,204   

3,475   

6,086   

41,246   

$

209,907   

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the estimated fair value of the Company’s outstanding 0.125% convertible senior notes due 2023 was $437.0
million and $316.1 million, respectively. The fair value was determined based on the quoted price of the convertible senior notes in an inactive market on the
last trading day of the reporting period and has been classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. See Note 6 for further information on the Company’s
0.125% convertible senior notes due 2023.

There were no assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

The Company’s other financial instruments’ fair value, including accounts receivable, accounts payable and other current liabilities, approximate its

carrying value due to the relatively short maturity of those instruments. The carrying amounts of the Company’s finance leases approximate their fair value,
which is the present value of

83

Table of Contents

expected future cash payments based on assumptions about current interest rates and the creditworthiness of the Company.

4. Financial Statement Components

Cash and cash equivalents consisted of the following (in thousands):

Cash and cash equivalents:

Cash

Money market funds

U.S. Treasury

U.S. agency securities

Commercial paper

Total cash and cash equivalents

Accounts receivable, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

Trade accounts receivable

Unbilled trade accounts receivable, net of advance client deposits

Allowance for doubtful accounts

Accounts receivable, net

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

Prepaid expenses

Other current assets

Contract assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

Computer and network equipment

Computer software

Internal-use software development costs

Furniture and fixtures

Leasehold improvements

Property and equipment

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

Property and equipment, net

December 31,

2019

2018

73,100   

$

2,179   

—   

—   

2,697   

69,893   

10,833   

638   

50   

498   

77,976   

$

81,912   

December 31,

2019

2018

34,591   

$

3,075   

(11)  

37,655   

$

23,068   

1,741   

(12)  

24,797   

December 31,

2019

2018

4,901   

$

4,930   

825   

10,656   

$

5,005   

2,679   

330   

8,014   

December 31,

2019

2018

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

67,378   

$

14,157   

500   

2,918   

2,264   

87,217   

(54,027)  

$

33,190   

$

54,452   

10,064   

500   

1,491   

855   

67,362   

(41,477)  

25,885   

In accordance with the Company’s property and equipment policy, the Company reviews the estimated useful lives of its fixed assets on an ongoing
basis. The Company’s review of its existing estimates indicated that the actual lives of certain data center assets were longer than the previously estimated
useful lives used for depreciation purposes in the Company’s financial statements. As a result, effective July 1, 2017, the Company changed the

84

Table of Contents

estimated useful lives of certain data center assets to better reflect the estimated periods during which these assets will remain in service. The estimated useful
lives of these assets, which the Company previously depreciated for three years, was increased to a range of three to five years. For the year ended
December 31, 2017, this change in accounting estimate decreased depreciation expense by $1.6 million and decreased both basic and diluted net loss per
share by $0.03.

Depreciation and amortization expense associated with property and equipment was $13.5 million, $9.8 million, and $7.8 million for the years ended

December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Property and equipment capitalized under finance lease obligations consists primarily of computer and network equipment and was as follows (in

thousands):

Gross

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

Total

Accrued and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

Accrued expenses

Accrued compensation and benefits

Accrued and other current liabilities

5. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

December 31,

2019

2018

46,671   

(39,190)  

7,481   

$

$

47,383   

(33,547)  

13,836   

December 31,

2019

2018

4,152   

14,233   

18,385   

$

$

3,494   

10,277   

13,771   

$

$

$

$

Goodwill was recorded as a result of the Company’s acquisition in October 2013 of Face It, Corp., which the Company also refers to as SoCoCare.

During the fourth quarter of 2019, the Company completed its annual goodwill impairment test. Based on its assessment of the qualitative factors, the
Company’s management concluded that the fair value of the Company’s goodwill was more likely than not greater than its carrying amount as of December
31, 2019. As such, it was not necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. Subsequent to the 2019 annual impairment test, the
Company believes there have been no significant events or circumstances negatively affecting the valuation of goodwill. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018,
there was no impairment to the carrying value of the Company’s goodwill.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets were acquired in connection with the Company’s acquisition of SoCoCare and Whendu in October 2013 and November 2019,

respectively. The components of intangible assets were as follows (in thousands):

December 31, 2019

December 31, 2018

Gross Carrying
Amount

Accumulated 
Amortization

Net
Carrying 
Amount

Weighted Average
Remaining
Amortization
Period (Years)

Developed technology
Acquired workforce

Total

$

$

17,777   
467   

18,244   

$

$

(2,690)  
(21)  

(2,711)  

$

$

15,087   
446   

15,533   

3.9
2.9

3.8

Gross
Carrying Amount

Accumulated 
Amortization

$

$

2,460   
—   

2,460   

$

$

(1,829)  
—   

(1,829)  

$

$

Net
Carrying 
Amount

631   
—   

631   

85

Table of Contents

Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $0.9 million, $0.4 million and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and

2017. As of December 31, 2019, the expected future amortization expense for intangible assets was as follows (in thousands):

Period
2020

2021

2022

2023

Total

Expected Future 
Amortization Expense

4,265   

3,985   

3,964   

3,319   

15,533   

$

$

Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate an asset’s carrying value may not be recoverable.

The Company concluded that there was no impairment to the carrying value of its intangible assets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

6. Debt

0.125% Convertible Senior Notes and Capped Call

In May 2018, the Company issued $258.8 million aggregate principal amount of 0.125% convertible senior notes (“Notes”) due May 1, 2023 in a

private offering. The Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured obligations and bear interest at a fixed rate of 0.125% per annum, payable semiannually in
arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year, beginning on November 1, 2018. The total net proceeds from the offering, after deducting initial purchase
discounts and estimated debt issuance costs, were approximately $250.8 million.

Each $1,000 principal amount of the Notes is initially convertible into 24.4978 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Conversion Option”),

which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $40.82 per share of common stock, subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of specified
events. The Notes are convertible, in multiples of $1,000 principal amount, at the option of the holders at any time prior to the close of business on the
business day immediately preceding November 1, 2022, only under the following circumstances: (1) during any calendar quarter commencing after the
calendar quarter ended on September 30, 2018 (and only during such calendar quarter), if the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock for at
least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including, the last trading day of the
immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price on each applicable trading day; (2) during the five business
day period after any five consecutive trading day period (the “Measurement Period”) in which the trading price (as defined in the indenture governing the
Notes) per $1,000 principal amount of Notes for each trading day of the Measurement Period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price
of the Company’s common stock and the conversion rate in effect on each such trading day; (3) if the Company calls any or all of the Notes for redemption, at
any time prior to the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the redemption date; or (4) upon the occurrence of
specified corporate events. On or after November 1, 2022 until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity
date, holders may convert all or any portion of their Notes, in multiples of $1,000 principal amount, at the option of the holder regardless of the foregoing
circumstances. 

Upon conversion, the Company will pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of the Company’s common stock or a combination of cash and

shares of the Company’s common stock, at the Company’s election. If the Company undergoes a fundamental change (as defined in the indenture governing
the Notes), subject to certain conditions, holders may require the Company to repurchase for cash all or any portion of their Notes, in principal amounts of
$1,000 or a multiple thereof, at a fundamental change repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued
and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the fundamental change repurchase date. In addition, following certain corporate events that occur prior to the
maturity date or if the Company issues a notice of redemption, it will, under certain circumstances, increase the conversion rate for holders who elect to
convert their Notes in connection with such corporate event or during the relevant redemption period.

During each of the third and fourth quarters of 2019, one of the conversion features of the Notes was triggered as the last reported sale price of the

Company’s common stock was greater than $53.07 per share, which

86

Table of Contents

represents 130% of the initial conversion price of $40.82 per share, for at least 20 days in the period of 30 consecutive trading days ended on the last trading
day of each of the third and fourth quarter of 2019, respectively, and therefore, the Notes were convertible, in multiples of $1,000 principal amount, at the
option of the Note holders between October 1, 2019 and December 31, 2019, and are currently convertible between January 1, 2020 and March 31, 2020. The
Company received elections to convert a limited number of Notes in the fourth quarter of 2019. The Company elected to satisfy the conversion obligation
through the payment of cash to such Note holders. The Company will continue to classify its Notes as long-term debt.

The Company may not redeem the Notes prior to May 5, 2021. The Company may redeem for cash all or any portion of the Notes, at its option, on or
after May 5, 2021 if the last reported sale price of its common stock has been at least 130% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days
(whether or not consecutive) during any 30 consecutive trading day period (including the last trading day of such period) ending not more than two trading
days immediately preceding the date on which the Company provides notice of redemption at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the
Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date. No sinking fund is provided for the Notes.

The Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured obligations and will rank senior in right of payment to any of the Company’s indebtedness that is

expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; equal in right of payment to any of the Company’s unsecured indebtedness that is not so
subordinated; effectively junior in right of payment to any of the Company’s secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such
indebtedness; and structurally junior to all indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables) of the Company’s subsidiaries.

In accounting for the transaction, the Notes were separated into liability and equity components. The carrying amount of the liability component was

calculated by measuring the fair value of a similar debt instrument that does not have an associated conversion feature. The carrying amount of the equity
component representing the conversion option was $63.8 million and was determined by deducting the fair value of the liability component from the par
value of the Notes. The equity component was recorded in additional paid-in-capital and is not remeasured as long as it continues to meet the conditions for
equity classification. The excess of the principal amount of the liability component over its carrying amount (the “Debt Discount”) is being amortized to
interest expense over the contractual term of the Notes at an effective interest rate of 6.39%.

In accounting for the debt issuance cost of $8.0 million related to the Notes, the Company allocated the total amount incurred to the liability and equity

components of the Notes based on their relative values. Issuance costs attributable to the liability component were $6.0 million and are being amortized to
interest expense using the effective interest method over the contractual term of the Notes. Issuance costs attributable to the equity component were netted
with the equity component in additional paid-in-capital.

The net carrying amount of the liability component of the Notes was as follows (in thousands):

Principal

Unamortized debt discount

Unamortized issuance costs

Net carrying amount

The net carrying amount of the equity component of the Notes was as follows (in thousands):

Debt discount for conversion option

Issuance costs

Net carrying amount

Interest expense related to the Notes was as follows (in thousands):

December 31, 2019

December 31, 2018

258,750   

$

(44,881)  

(4,265)  

209,604   

$

258,750   

(56,564)  

(5,423)  

196,763   

December 31, 2019

December 31, 2018

63,756   

(1,998)  

61,758   

$

$

63,756   

(1,998)  

61,758   

$

$

$

$

87

Table of Contents

Contractual interest expense

Amortization of debt discount

Amortization of issuance costs

Total interest expense

Year Ended

December 31, 2019

December 31, 2018

$

$

324   

$

11,683   

1,105   

13,112   

$

209   

7,192   

689   

8,090   

In connection with the pricing of the Notes, the Company entered into privately negotiated capped call transactions (the “Capped Call Transactions”)

with certain financial institutions. The Capped Call Transactions are expected generally to reduce the potential dilution to the Company’s common stock upon
any conversion of the Notes and/or offset any cash payments the Company is required to make in excess of the principal amount of converted Notes, as the
case may be, with such reduction and/or offset subject to a cap based on the cap price. The initial cap price of the Capped Call Transactions is $62.80 per
share, and is subject to certain adjustments under the terms of the Capped Call Transactions. The Capped Call Transactions cover, subject to anti-dilution
adjustments, approximately 6.3 million shares of the Company’s common stock. For accounting purposes, the Capped Call Transactions are separate
transactions, and not part of the terms of the Notes. As these transactions meet certain accounting criteria, the Capped Call Transactions are recorded in
stockholders’ equity and are not accounted for as derivatives. The cost of $31.4 million incurred in connection with the Capped Call Transactions was
recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital.

The net impact to the Company’s stockholders’ equity, included in additional paid-in capital, relating to the issuance of the Notes issued in May 2018

was as follows (in thousands):

Conversion option

Payments for capped call transactions

Issuance costs

Total

Maturity of the Company’s outstanding debt as of December 31, 2019 was as follows (in thousands):
Period
2023

Total

2016 Loan and Security Agreement

December 31, 2018

63,756   

(31,412)  

(1,998)  

30,346   

Amount to Mature

258,750   

258,750   

$

$

$

$

In August 2016, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement, or the 2016 Loan and Security Agreement, with the lenders party thereto and
City National Bank, as agent for such lenders. The 2016 Loan and Security Agreement provided for a revolving line of credit, of up to $50.0 million and was
scheduled to mature on August 1, 2019. The revolving line of credit bore a variable interest rate equal to the prime rate plus 0.50%, subject to a 0.25%
increase if the Company’s adjusted EBITDA was negative at the end of any fiscal quarter. The Company was also required to pay a commitment fee equal to
0.25% of the unused portion of the revolving line of credit as well as an anniversary fee of $31,250 on each of August 1, 2017 and 2018. The obligations of
the Company under the 2016 Loan and Security Agreement were guaranteed by its subsidiary, Five9 Acquisition LLC, and were secured by a first priority
lien on substantially all of the assets of the Company and Five9 Acquisition LLC. In May 2018, the Company paid off the then outstanding principal balance
of the revolving line of credit and, in July 2018, the Company terminated the 2016 Loan and Security Agreement.

7. Stockholders’ Equity

Capital Structure

Common Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 450,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.001 per share. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the

Company had 61,543,634 and 59,210,496 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, respectively.

88

Table of Contents

Holders of the Company’s common stock are entitled to dividends, if and when declared by the board of directors. In the event of liquidation,
dissolution or winding up, subject to the rights of the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock, holders of common stock will be entitled to
receive the assets and funds of the Company that are legally available for distribution.

Preferred Stock

The Company is authorized to designate and issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.001 per share in one or more series

without stockholder approval and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, there were no shares of
preferred stock issued and outstanding.

Common Stock Reserved for Future Issuance

Shares of common stock reserved for future issuance related to outstanding equity awards and employee equity incentive plans as of December 31,

2019, were as follows (in thousands):

Stock options outstanding

Restricted stock units outstanding

Shares available for future grant under 2014 Plan

Shares available for future issuance under ESPP

Total shares of common stock reserved

Equity Incentive Plans 

Common Stock Reserved

2,530   

2,372   

9,814   

2,085   

16,801   

Prior to the Company’s initial public offering, or IPO, in April 2014, the Company granted stock options under its Amended and Restated 2004 Equity

Incentive Plan, as amended, or the 2004 Plan.

Under the terms of the 2004 Plan, the Company had the ability to grant incentive and nonstatutory stock options. Incentive stock options could only be
granted to Company employees. Nonstatutory stock options could be granted to Company employees, directors and consultants. Such options are exercisable
at prices, as determined by the board of directors, generally equal to the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant. Options granted to
employees generally vest over a four-year period, with an initial vesting period of 12 months for 25% of the shares, and the remaining 75% of the shares
vesting monthly on a ratable basis over the remaining 36 months. Options generally expire 10 years after the grant date and are generally exercisable upon
vesting. Vested options generally expire 90 days after termination of the optionee’s employment or relationship as a consultant or director, unless otherwise
extended by the terms of the stock option agreement.

In March 2014, the Company’s board of directors and stockholders approved the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2014 Plan, and 5,300,000 shares of
common stock were authorized for issuance under the 2014 Plan. In addition, on the first day of each year beginning in 2015 and ending in 2024, the 2014
Plan provides for an annual automatic increase to the shares reserved for issuance in an amount equal to 5% of the total number of shares outstanding on
December 31st of the preceding calendar year or a lesser number as determined by the Company’s board of directors. Pursuant to the automatic annual
increase, 3,077,181 additional shares were reserved under the 2014 Plan on January 1, 2020.

No further grants were made under the 2004 Plan once the 2014 Plan became effective on April 3, 2014. Upon the effectiveness of the 2014 Plan, all

shares reserved for future issuance under the 2004 Plan became available for issuance under the 2014 Plan. Additionally, any forfeited or expired shares that
would have otherwise returned to the 2004 Plan instead return to the 2014 Plan.

The 2014 Plan allows the Company to grant stock options, restricted stock units, or RSUs, restricted stock awards, performance stock awards, stock

appreciation rights, performance cash awards, and other stock awards. To date, the Company has granted stock options and RSUs under the 2014 Plan. Stock
options granted under the 2014 Plan are in general at a price equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant and vest over four years.
The Company’s stock options expire 10 years from the date of grant. Each RSU granted under the 2014 Plan represents a right to receive one share of the
Company’s common stock when the RSU vests. RSUs generally vest over one to four years.

89

Table of Contents

Stock Options

A summary of the Company’s stock option activity during the year ended December 31, 2019 is as follows (in thousands, except years and per share

data):

Outstanding as of December 31, 2018

Options granted

Options exercised

Options forfeited or expired

Outstanding as of December 31, 2019

Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2019 

Exercisable as of December 31, 2019 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(Years)

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (1)

12.52   

51.30   

8.27   

30.18   

19.38   

19.38   

11.26   

6.0

6.0

4.9

$

116,874   

116,874   

94,722   

Number of Shares
3,122   

$

353   

(932)  

(13)  

2,530   

2,530   

1,744   

(1) The aggregate intrinsic value amounts are computed based on the difference between the exercise price of the
stock options and the fair market value of the Company’s common stock of $65.58 per share as of December 31,
2019 for all in-the-money stock options outstanding.

Following is additional information pertaining to the Company’s stock option activity (in thousands, except per share data):

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

Weighted average grant date fair value per share of options granted

$

24.06   

$

16.33   

$

Intrinsic value of options exercised (1)
Total fair value of options vested during the period

Cash received from options exercised

42,204   

5,342   

7,705   

34,785   

4,744   

7,779   

8.81   

33,820   

7,296   

6,047   

(1) Intrinsic value of options exercised is the difference between the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the time of exercise and the

exercise price paid.

Restricted Stock Units

A summary of RSU activity during the year ended December 31, 2019 is as follows (in thousands, except years and per share data):

Outstanding as of December 31, 2018

RSUs granted

RSUs vested and released

RSUs forfeited

Outstanding as of December 31, 2019 

Number of Shares

Weighted Average Grant
Date Fair Value Per
Share

2,325   

$

1,445   

(1,204)  

(194)  

2,372   

25.36   

53.33   

26.29   

32.60   

41.32   

Following is additional information pertaining to the Company’s RSU activity (in thousands, except per share data):

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

Weighted average grant date fair value per share of RSUs granted

$

53.33   

$

32.30   

$

Total fair value of RSUs vested during the period

68,072   

41,245   

18.29   

21,161   

90

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In March 2014, the Company’s board of directors and stockholders adopted the 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, and the shares

authorized for issuance thereunder. The ESPP became effective on April 3, 2014.

The ESPP permits eligible employees to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock through payroll deductions with up to 15% of their pre-tax

earnings subject to certain Internal Revenue Code limitations. The purchase price of the shares is 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the Company’s
common stock on the first day of a six month offering period, except for the initial offering period, or the relevant purchase date. In addition, no participant
may purchase more than 1,500 shares of common stock in each purchase period. 

The number of shares of common stock originally reserved for issuance under the ESPP was 880,000 shares, which increases automatically each year,
beginning on January 1, 2015 and continuing through January 1, 2024, by the lesser of (i) 1% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding
on December 31 of the preceding calendar year; (ii) 1,000,000 shares of common stock (subject to adjustment to reflect any split or combination of our
common stock); or (iii) such lesser number as determined by the Company’s board of directors. Pursuant to the automatic annual increase, 615,436 additional
shares were reserved under the ESPP on January 1, 2020.

During 2019, 197,962 shares were purchased by employees under the ESPP at a weighted average price of 39.52 per share.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expenses for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were as follows (in thousands):   

Cost of revenue

Research and development (1)
Sales and marketing

General and administrative (2)

Total stock-based compensation

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

6,334   

$

3,333   

$

7,658   

11,368   

16,705   

5,303   

6,307   

13,541   

2,202   

3,042   

4,364   

5,735   

42,065   

$

28,484   

$

15,343   

$

$

(1) Includes an incremental stock-based compensation cost due to modification of certain stock-based awards of a former executive of the Company in the

third quarter of 2018.

(2) Effective December 2017, the Company’s former Chief Executive Officer and President resigned from his position and became the Executive Chairman
of the Board. Due to this substantive change in status, certain of his stock option and RSU awards were modified which resulted in incremental stock
based compensation expense of approximately $1.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2017.

As of December 31, 2019, unrecognized stock-based compensation expense by award type and their expected weighted-average recognition periods are

summarized in the following table (in thousands, except years).

Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense

Weighted-average amortization period

Stock Option

RSU

ESPP

$

13,409   

$

2.7 years

91,395   

$

2.9 years

1,455   

0.4 years

The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense that is calculated based upon awards that have vested, reduced for actual forfeitures. All
stock-based compensation for equity awards granted to employees and non-employee directors is measured based on the grant date fair value of the award.

The Company values RSUs at the closing market price of its common stock on the date of grant. The Company estimates the fair value of each stock

option and purchase right under the ESPP granted to employees on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and using the assumptions
disclosed in the table below. Expected volatility is based upon the weighting of the Company’s historical volatility and the historical volatility of a peer group
of publicly traded companies. The expected term of options granted is estimated using the simplified method by taking the average of the vesting term and the
contractual term of the option. The expected

91

Table of Contents

volatility assumption for purchase rights under the ESPP is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s common stock. The risk-free rate for the
expected term of the awards is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues at the time of grant. The Company has not paid, and does not anticipate paying,
cash dividends on its shares of common stock. Accordingly, the expected dividend yield is zero.

The weighted average assumptions used to value stock options and purchase rights under the ESPP granted during the years ended December 31, 2019,

2018 and 2017 were as follows:

Stock Options

Expected term (years)

Volatility

Risk-free interest rate

Dividend yield

ESPP

Expected term (years)

Volatility

Risk-free interest rate

Dividend yield

8. Net Loss Per Share

Year Ended December 31,

2018
6.0

45% 

2.8% 

— 

2017
5.9

49% 

2.1% 

— 

2019
6.1

46% 

2.3% 

— 

Granted In

November 2019
0.5

46% 

2.4% 

— 

May 2019
0.5

51% 

2.5% 

— 

November 2018
0.5

37% 

2.1% 

— 

May 2018
0.5

36% 

1.4% 

— 

November 2017
0.5

36% 

1.4% 

— 

May 2017
0.5

43% 

1.0% 

— 

Basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period,

and excludes any dilutive effects of employee stock-based awards and warrants. Diluted net income per share is computed giving effect to all potentially
dilutive shares of common stock, including common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options and warrants and vesting of restricted stock. As the
Company had net losses for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, all potentially issuable shares of common stock were determined to be anti-
dilutive.

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except per share data).

Net loss

Weighted-average shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share

Basic and diluted net loss per share

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

$

$

(4,552)  

60,371   

(0.08)  

$

$

(221)  

58,076   

—   

$

$

(8,969)  

54,946   

(0.16)  

The following securities were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive (in

thousands).

Stock options

Restricted stock units

Common stock warrants

Total

2019

2,530   

2,372   

—   

4,902   

December 31,

2018

3,122   

2,325   

—   

5,447   

2017

4,047   

2,033   

13   

6,093   

The Company uses the treasury stock method for calculating any potential dilutive effect of the conversion spread of its Notes. The conversion spread

will have a dilutive impact when the average market price of the

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Company’s common stock for a given period exceeds the initial conversion price of $40.82 per share for the Notes. The potential shares of common stock
from Notes were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

9. Income Taxes

The following table presents components of income (loss) before income taxes for the periods presented (in thousands):

United States

International

Income (loss) before income taxes

Provision for income taxes for the periods presented consisted of (in thousands):

Current:

U.S. federal

U.S. state

Foreign

Total provision for income taxes

Year Ended December 31,

2019 

2018 

2017 

$

$

$

$

(5,340)  

892   

(4,448)  

$

$

(638)  

717   

79   

Year Ended December 31,

2019 

2018 

$

—   

61   

43   

—   

28   

272   

$

$

$

104   

$

300   

$

(9,434)  

733   

(8,701)  

—   

42   

226   

268   

2017 

Income tax expense differed from the amount computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate of 21% to pre-tax income (loss) for the

periods presented as a result of the following (in thousands):

U.S. federal tax at statutory rate

U.S. state income taxes

Non-deductible expense (benefit)

Research and development credit

Stock-based compensation

Impact of 2017 Tax Act

Other

Change in valuation allowance

Total provision for income taxes

Year Ended December 31,

2019 

2018 

2017 

$

(934)  

$

17   

$

(65)  

5,899   

(860)  

(16,619)  

—   

(129)  

12,812   

2,539   

14,485   

(339)  

(11,360)  

—   

106   

(5,148)  

$

104   

$

300   

$

(2,958)  

(708)  

(5,673)  

(402)  

(14,622)  

25,952   

2   

(1,323)  

268   

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31,

2019 and 2018 related to the following (in thousands): 

December 31,

2019

2018

Deferred tax assets:

Net operating loss and credit carryforwards

Accrued liabilities

Allowance for doubtful accounts

Deferred revenue

Accrued compensation

Long-term lease liabilities

Intangibles

Gross deferred tax assets

Valuation allowance

Net deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Property and equipment

Amortized intangibles

Other

Right of use assets

Deferred compensation - Current

Convertible senior notes

Gross deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred taxes

$

69,718   

$

4,184   

217   

408   

1,301   

1,992   

88   

77,908   

(59,939)  

17,969   

(384)  

(68)  

(58)  

(1,755)  

(5,017)  

(10,687)  

(17,969)  

$

—   

$

54,966   

4,271   

400   

832   

1,081   

—   

4   

61,554   

(47,127)  

14,427   

(370)  

(155)  

—   

—   

—   

(13,902)  

(14,427)  

—   

The Company has not provided for U.S. income taxes on undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries because it intends to permanently re-invest
those earnings outside the United States. The undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries were immaterial as of December 31, 2019, 2018
and 2017.

A valuation allowance is provided for deferred tax assets where the recoverability of the assets is uncertain. The determination to provide a valuation

allowance is dependent upon the assessment of whether it is more likely than not that sufficient future taxable income will be generated to utilize the deferred
tax assets. Based on the weight of the available evidence, which includes the Company’s historical operating losses, lack of taxable income, and the
accumulated deficit, for the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company has provided a valuation allowance against its U.S. net deferred tax assets. The net
change in the valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was an increase of $12.8 million and a decrease of $5.1 million,
respectively.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes of $274.4 million and $154.5

million, respectively, available to reduce future income subject to income taxes. If not utilized, the federal and state net operating loss carryforwards will
begin to expire in 2024 and 2028, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, the Company also had gross research credit carryforwards for federal and
California state tax purposes of $4.4 million and $3.5 million, available to reduce future income subject to income taxes. The federal research credit
carryforwards will begin to expire in 2024 and the California state research credits can be carried forward indefinitely. The Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) of
1986, as amended, imposes restrictions on the utilization of net operating losses in the event of an “ownership change” of a corporation. Accordingly, a
company’s ability to use net operating losses may be limited as prescribed under the IRC Section 382. Events that may cause limitations in the amount of the
net operating losses that the Company may use in any one year include, but are not limited to, a cumulative ownership change of more than 50% over a three-
year period. Utilization of federal and state net operating losses may be subject to substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations
provided by the IRC Section 382 and similar state provisions. In the event the Company has changes in ownership, net operating losses and research and
development credit carryforwards, which are fully reserved by the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, could be limited and may expire unutilized.

94

Table of Contents

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

The table below shows the changes in the gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits for the periods presented (in thousands):

Unrecognized benefit — beginning of period

Gross increases — current year tax positions

Gross decreases — prior year tax positions

Unrecognized benefit — end of period

Year Ended December 31,

2019 

2018 

2017 

10,723   

$

3,115   

$

963   

(7,215)  

7,608   

—   

4,471   

$

10,723   

$

2,805   

310   

—   

3,115   

$

$

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, an immaterial amount of the total unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would have an impact on the

Company’s effective tax rate. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as income tax expense. The Company does not
anticipate its total unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2019 will significantly change due to settlement of examination or the expiration of statute of
limitations during the next 12 months. The Company is currently unaware of any uncertain tax positions that could result in significant additional payments,
accruals or other material deviation in this estimate over the next 12 months.

The Company is subject to taxation in the United States, various states and several foreign jurisdictions. Due to the Company’s net carryover of unused

operating losses, all years from 2001 forward remain subject to future examination by the U.S. federal and state tax authorities. The Company’s foreign tax
returns are open to audit under the statutes of limitations of the respective foreign countries in which the subsidiaries are located. The Company considers all
undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries indefinitely reinvested.

Tax Reform

In December 2017, new legislation (the “2017 Tax Act”) was enacted that significantly revised the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The

2017 Tax Act, among other things, contains significant changes to corporate taxation, including reduction of the corporate tax rate from a top marginal rate of
35% to a flat rate of 21%, limitation of the tax deduction for interest expense to 30% of adjusted earnings, limitation of the deduction for newly generated net
operating losses to 80% of current year taxable income and elimination of net operating loss carrybacks, one time taxation of offshore earnings at reduced
rates regardless of whether they are repatriated (the “Transition Tax”), future taxation of certain classes of offshore earnings regardless of whether they are
repatriated, immediate deductions for certain new investments instead of deductions for depreciation expense over time, and modifying or repealing many
business deductions and credits beginning in 2018.

In December 2017, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 which provided a measurement period of up to one year from the enactment of
the 2017 Tax Act for companies to complete the accounting for the 2017 Tax Act and its related impacts. Upon completion of the accounting related to the
income tax effect of the 2017 Tax Act, there were no material adjustments made to the previous estimates.

10. Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments

As of December 31, 2019, $258.8 million of the Notes were outstanding. The Notes are due May 1, 2023. See Note 6 for more information.

Hosting, Telecommunication Usage and Maintenance Services

The Company has agreements with third parties to provide co-location hosting and telecommunication usage services. The agreements require

payments per month for a fixed period of time in exchange for certain guarantees of network and telecommunication availability. The Company is also
committed to make future payments under maintenance service contracts for certain data center equipment.

95

 
 
 
Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2019, future minimum payments under these arrangements were as follows (in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,
2020

2021

2022

2023

Total future minimum payment

Universal Services Fund Liability

Hosting Services

Telecommunication Usage
Services

Equipment Maintenance
Services

$

$

$

307   

500   

700   

—   

$

2,708   

1,626   

384   

4   

1,507   

$

4,722   

$

140   

25   

—   

—   

165   

The Company is classified as a telecommunications service provider for regulatory purposes and is required to make contributions to the USF based on
the revenue the Company receives from the resale of interstate and international telecommunications services. In order to comply with the obligation to make
direct contributions, the Company is registered with the Universal Service Administrative Company, or USAC, which is charged by the FCC with
administering the USF, and has been remitting the required contributions to USAC since its registration with the USAC in April 2013. In June 2015, in
connection with the Company’s late registration with the USAC and past failure to make USF contributions prior to 2013, the Company entered into a
consent decree with the FCC Enforcement Bureau. In the consent decree, the Company agreed to pay a civil penalty of $2.0 million to the U.S. Treasury,
which was paid in installments ending on December 31, 2018. The Company also agreed to make USF contributions of $3.9 million based on its revenues for
the period from 2008 to 2012. The Company is still in dispute with the FCC regarding whether the Company is liable for USF contributions related to the
period from 2003 through 2007. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had accrued $0.9 million in respect of the remaining disputed assessments,
including interest and penalties, for the period of 2003 through 2007.

State and Local Taxes and Surcharges

The Company, based on analysis of its activities, has determined that it is obligated to collect and remit U.S. state or local sales, use, gross receipts,

excise and utility user taxes, as well as fees or surcharges as a communications service provider in certain U.S. states, municipalities or local tax jurisdictions.
The Company is registered for, collecting and remitting applicable taxes where such a determination has been made. Prior to the Company’s making such
determination, the Company neither collected nor remitted these taxes, fees or surcharges to applicable local, municipal or state jurisdictions. The Company
continues to analyze its activities to determine if it is subject to these taxes in additional jurisdictions and based on the Company’s ongoing assessment of its
U.S. state and local tax collection and remittance obligations, the Company registers for tax and regulatory purposes in such jurisdictions and commences
collecting and remitting applicable state and local taxes and surcharges to these jurisdictions.

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had total accrued liabilities of $1.2 million and $1.1 million, respectively, for such contingent sales
taxes and surcharges that were not being collected from its clients but may be imposed by various taxing authorities, of which $0.4 million and $0.1 million,
respectively, were included in current “Sales tax liability” on the consolidated balance sheets, and the remaining were included in non-current “Sales tax
liability” on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company’s estimate of the probable loss incurred under this contingency is based on its analysis of the
source location of its usage-based fees and the regulations and rules in each tax jurisdiction.

Legal Matters

The Company is involved in various legal and regulatory matters arising in the normal course of business. In management’s opinion, resolution of these

matters is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, cash flows, or its financial position. However, due to
the uncertain nature of legal matters, an unfavorable resolution of a matter could materially affect the Company’s future consolidated results of operations,
cash flows or financial position in a particular period. The Company expenses legal fees as incurred.

96

Table of Contents

The Company is currently involved in the following lawsuits as a defendant.

Melcher Litigation

On September 28, 2016, a complaint was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of California against Five9, Inc., or Five9, as

the successor in interest to Face It, Corp., or Face It, and Lance Fried, a former Five9 employee who was the former Chief Executive Officer of Face It. The
action, captioned Melcher, et al. v. Five9, Inc., et al., No. 16-cv-02440, or the Melcher Litigation, was filed as a direct action by Carl Melcher, or Melcher, a
purported former stockholder of Face It, and his related investment entity Melcher Family Limited Partnership, or MFLP.

In the complaint, the plaintiffs alleged that Face It repurchased the plaintiffs’ stock in September 2013 before Five9 acquired Face It, and that in

connection with the repurchase, Fried made material misstatements or omissions to Melcher by failing to disclose that Face It allegedly was in concurrent
discussions about a potential sale of its company to Five9. The complaint alleged violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, as well as various claims under state law and common law. The complaint sought to set aside Face It’s
September 2013 stock repurchase from the plaintiffs, as well as an unspecified amount of damages and an award of attorney’s fees and costs, in addition to
other relief.

On November 8, 2016, the court entered an order staying the lawsuit and ordered the parties to proceed to arbitration of the dispute before the
American Arbitration Association, or AAA. On November 16, 2016, Melcher and MFLP submitted a Demand for Arbitration to AAA against Five9,
asserting claims identical to those alleged in the lawsuit.

On March 31, 2017, Five9 reached a settlement with the plaintiffs that fully resolved the plaintiffs’ claims against Five9 and provided for mutual

releases between the plaintiffs and Five9 in exchange for a one-time payment by Five9 to the plaintiffs of $1.7 million. As a result of the settlement, the AAA
arbitration was concluded, and on July 10, 2017 the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint in the Melcher Litigation solely against Fried, removing Five9 as a
defendant.

For a discussion of the indemnification claims arising out of this matter, see “—Indemnification Agreements.”

Indemnification Agreements

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into agreements of varying scope and terms pursuant to which it agrees to indemnify clients,

vendors, lessors, business partners and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, losses arising out of breach of such
agreements, including breach of security, services to be provided by the Company or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. In
addition, the Company has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors, officers and certain employees that will require it, among other things,
to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors, officers or employees. Other than as described
below, there are no claims that it is aware of that could have a material effect on the consolidated balance sheet, consolidated statement of operations and
comprehensive loss, or consolidated statements of cash flows.

On October 27, 2016, the Company received notice from Lance Fried, a former officer and director of Face It, Corp. of his claim for indemnification by

the Company (as successor in interest to Face It), and for advancement of all legal fees and expenses he incurs in connection with the defense of the lawsuit
captioned Melcher, et al. v. Five9, Inc., et al., No. 16-cv-02440, in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of California. In the lawsuit, plaintiff Carl
Melcher, a purported former stockholder of Face It, and his related investment entity, Melcher Family Limited Partnership, alleged that Face It repurchased
the plaintiffs’ stock in September 2013 before the Company acquired Face It, and that in connection with the repurchase, Fried made material misstatements
or omissions to Melcher by failing to disclose that Face It allegedly was in concurrent discussions about a potential sale of its company to the Company. The
lawsuit alleged violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, as well as various
claims under state law and common law. On January 9, 2018, Mr. Fried initiated an arbitration proceeding against the Company in which he alleged that the
Company breached advancement obligations to him. The Company asserted counterclaims in the arbitration proceeding against both Mr. Fried and the
representative of the former Face It stockholders, seeking to recoup all losses incurred by the Company in connection with the Melcher Litigation, including
any amounts incurred to indemnify or advance the legal fees and expenses of Mr. Fried pursuant to his indemnification claim.

97

Table of Contents

On June 11, 2018, the arbitrator ordered the Company to advance the fees Mr. Fried incurred in connection with the defense of the Melcher Litigation,

and ordered the Company’s counterclaims stayed pending the resolution of the Melcher litigation.

In June 2019, Mr. Fried reached a settlement in the Melcher Litigation. Pursuant to a separate June 2019 settlement agreement between the Company,

Mr. Fried, and the representative of the former Face It stockholders, the Company agreed to contribute a portion of the amount Mr. Fried agreed to pay the
Melcher parties. Specifically, the Company agreed to pay $0.4 million to the Melcher parties on Mr. Fried’s behalf in light of Mr. Fried’s asserted indemnity
obligations against the Company. As a result of the settlements, all claims against the Company, including claims for indemnification, have been released by
Mr. Fried and the former Face It stockholders. The Company also released claims it asserted against Mr. Fried and the former Face It stockholders. The
Melcher Litigation and the arbitration proceeding have been dismissed. The Company incurred a total of approximately $1.4 million in fees and expenses
including legal fees advanced on Mr. Fried’s behalf and settlement contributions for the Melcher Litigation. These amounts were included in general and
administrative expenses.

11. Geographical Information

The following table summarizes revenues by geographic region based on client billing address (in thousands):

United States

International

Total revenue

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

$

$

301,536   

26,470   

328,006   

$

$

239,378   

18,286   

257,664   

$

$

188,303   

11,922   

200,225   

The following table summarizes total property and equipment, net in the respective locations (in thousands):

United States

International

Property and equipment, net

12. Retirement Plans

December 31,

2019

2018

$

$

29,246   

3,944   

33,190   

$

$

23,931   

1,954   

25,885   

The Company has a 401(k) plan to provide tax deferred salary deductions for all eligible employees. Participants may make voluntary contributions to

the 401(k) plan, limited by certain Internal Revenue Service restrictions. The Company is responsible for the administrative costs of the 401(k) plan. The
Company began matching employee contributions in cash in the fourth quarter of 2019. The contribution expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 was
$0.3 million.

The Company complies with the requirement of maintaining a retirement plan for employees in the Philippines. This plan is a non-contributory and
defined benefit type that provides retirement to employees equal to approximately one month salary for every year of credited service for employees who
attain the normal retirement of age of 60 with at least five years of service. The benefits are paid in a lump sum amount upon retirement from the Company.
Total defined benefit liability was $0.4 million and $0.7 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Total retirement expense for this plan was
$0.1 million, $0.1 million, and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

13. ASC 842 Adoption Impact

The Company has leases for offices, data centers and other computer and networking equipment that expire at various dates through 2024. The
Company’s leases have remaining terms of one to five years, some of the leases include a Company option to extend the leases for up to three to five years,
and some of the leases include the option to terminate the leases upon 30-days’ notice.

98

Table of Contents

The Company adopted ASC 842 using the modified retrospective method on January 1, 2019. The Company elected the available practical expedients,

implemented internal controls, and a lease accounting system to enable the preparation of financial information upon adoption. The adoption of ASC 842
resulted in the recognition of operating lease liabilities of $8.4 million and operating lease right-of-use, or ROU, assets of the same amount. Existing deferred
rent of $0.6 million was recorded as an offset to ROU assets, resulting in net ROU assets of $7.8 million. The Company’s accounting for finance leases
remained substantially unchanged. The adoption of ASC 842 did not have any impact on the Company’s operating results or cash flows.

The components of lease expenses were as follows (in thousands):

Operating lease cost

Finance lease cost:

Amortization of right-of-use assets

Interest on finance lease liabilities

Total finance lease cost

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

5,153   

6,345   

704   

7,049   

$

$

$

—   

7,125   

1,347   

8,472   

$

$

$

—   

8,470   

1,737   

10,207   

$

$

$

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows (in thousands):

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

Operating cash used in operating leases

Financing cash used in finance leases

Right of use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:

Operating leases

Finance leases

Year Ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

$

(5,237)  

$

—   

$

(7,054)  

(8,544)  

5,737   

—   

—   

6,133   

—   

(7,068)  

—   

9,261   

99

Table of Contents

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases was as follows (in thousands):

Operating leases

Operating lease right-of-use assets

Operating lease liabilities:

Operating lease liabilities — less current portion

Total operating lease liabilities
Finance leases
Property and equipment, gross

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

Property and equipment, net

Finance lease liabilities:

Finance leases

Finance lease liabilities — less current portion

Total finance lease liabilities

Weighted average remaining terms were as follows (in years):

Weighted average remaining lease term

Operating leases

Finance leases

Weighted average discount rates were as follows:

Weighted average discount rate

Operating leases

Finance leases

Maturities of lease liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,
2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

Total future minimum lease payment

Less: imputed interest

Total

100

December 31,

2019

2018

8,746   

5,064   

4,329   

9,393   

46,671   

(39,190)  

7,481   

3,518   

809   

4,327   

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

—   

—   

—   

—   

47,383   

(33,547)  

13,836   

6,647   

4,509   

11,156   

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

December 31,

2019

2018

2.7 years

1.1 years

2.0 years

1.8 years

December 31,

2019

2018

4.7  %

7.5  %

—  %

9.0  %

Operating Leases

Finance Leases

5,376   

$

2,070   

986   

855   

703   

9,990   

(597)  

9,393   

$

3,778   

825   

—   

—   

—   

4,603   

(276)  

4,327   

$

$

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had one additional operating lease for office space that had not yet commenced, representing a total

commitment over its term of $1.6 million. This operating lease commenced in January 2020 with a lease term of 3.5 years.

Impact on Consolidated Balance Sheet

(in thousands)
Assets:

Operating lease right-of-use-assets

Liabilities

Operating lease liabilities

Operating lease liabilities — less current portion

Change in Accounting Policy

Leases

As Reported

Balances without adoption of
ASC 842

Effect of Change Higher
(Lower)

December 31, 2019

$

8,746   

$

—   

$

8,746   

5,064   

4,329   

—   

—   

5,064   

4,329   

The Company determines if an arrangement is or contains a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in operating lease ROU assets and
operating lease liabilities in the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets. Finance leases are included in property and equipment, and finance lease
liabilities in the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets.

ROU assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make

lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at the commencement date based on an amount equal to the
present value of lease payments over the lease term. As most of the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses an incremental
borrowing rate based on the information available at the commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. The Company uses the
implicit rate when it is readily determinable. The operating lease ROU asset also includes any lease payments made and excludes lease incentives. The
Company’s lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option.
Operating lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company has lease agreements with lease and non-
lease components, which are generally accounted for separately.

14. Acquisition of Whendu LLC

In November 2019, the Company acquired certain assets from Whendu LLC (“Whendu”), including Whendu’s iPaaS platform, which the Company has

determined to be an asset acquisition. The purchase price, including the Company’s transaction costs, was approximately $15.8 million, of which
$15.3 million was allocated to the Whendu iPaaS platform and $0.5 million was allocated to an assembled workforce, on a relative fair value basis. The assets
will be amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives of four and three years, respectively.

15. Subsequent Event

On January 15, 2020, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to acquire all of the outstanding shares of Coordinated Systems, Inc. (rebranded
as Virtual Observer) for cash consideration of approximately $32.0 million, which amount is to be adjusted at the closing for certain liabilities. The Company
expects this transaction will close in the second quarter of 2020, subject to the satisfaction of certain closing conditions.

101

Table of Contents

16. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

Selected quarterly financial information for 2019 and 2018 is as follows:

Dec. 31,
2019

Sept. 30,
2019

Jun. 30,
2019

Mar. 31,
2019

Dec. 31,
2018

Sept. 30,
2018

Jun. 30,
2018

Mar. 31,
2018

Quarter Ended

Revenue
Cost of revenue (1)(2)
Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Research and development (1)(2)
Sales and marketing (1)(2)
General and administrative (1)(2)

Total operating expenses

Income (loss) from operations
Other income (expense), net:

Interest expense
Interest income and other

Total other income (expense), net

Income (loss) before income taxes
Provision for income taxes

Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) per share:

Basic

Diluted

Shares used in computing net income (loss) per share:

Basic

Diluted

(1) Included stock-based compensation as follows:

$

$

92,263   
37,940   

54,323   

83,769   
34,472   

49,297   

$

(unaudited, in thousands, except per share data)
77,436   
31,248   

74,538   
30,851   

72,335   
28,339   

$

$

$

65,304   
26,179   

46,188   

43,687   

43,996   

39,125   

$

$

61,120   
24,814   

36,306   

58,905   
24,702   

34,203   

12,168   
25,627   
13,496   

51,291   

3,032   

(3,506)  
1,384   

(2,122)  

910   
74   

836   

0.01   

0.01   

$

$

$

11,665   
25,014   
12,146   

48,825   

472   

(3,486)  
1,460   

(2,026)  

(1,554)  
50   

(1,604)  

(0.03)  

(0.03)  

$

$

$

10,811   
23,250   
12,042   

46,103   

85   

(3,406)  
1,490   

(1,916)  

(1,831)  
29   

(1,860)  

(0.03)  

(0.03)  

$

$

$

10,546   
21,701   
11,762   

44,009   

(322)  

(3,396)  
1,745   

(1,651)  

(1,973)  
(49)  

(1,924)  

(0.03)  

(0.03)  

$

$

$

8,451   
18,793   
10,766   

38,010   

5,986   

(3,462)  
1,359   

(2,103)  

3,883   
150   

3,733   

0.06   

0.06   

$

$

$

9,582   
17,818   
10,746   

38,146   

979   

(3,595)  
1,352   

(2,243)  

(1,264)  
41   

(1,305)  

(0.02)  

(0.02)  

$

$

$

8,367   
17,912   
9,833   

36,112   

194   

(2,378)  
206   

(2,172)  

(1,978)  
64   

(2,042)  

(0.04)  

(0.04)  

$

$

$

7,772   
17,478   
9,103   

34,353   

(150)  

(810)  
398   

(412)  

(562)  
45   

(607)  

(0.01)  

(0.01)  

$

$

$

61,253   

65,962   

60,781   

60,781   

60,058   

60,058   

59,367   

59,367   

58,926   

62,071   

58,454   

58,454   

57,903   

57,903   

56,399   

56,399   

Cost of revenue
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative

Total stock-based compensation

Quarter Ended

Dec. 31, 2019

Sept. 30,
2019

Jun. 30, 2019 Mar. 31, 2019

Dec. 31, 2018

Sept. 30,
2018

Jun. 30, 2018 Mar. 31, 2018

(unaudited, in thousands)

$

$

1,745   
2,259   
3,353   
4,511   

$

1,702   
2,022   
3,017   
4,334   

$

1,658   
1,907   
2,749   
4,122   

$

1,229   
1,470   
2,249   
3,738   

$

942   
1,010   
1,747   
3,794   

$

860   
2,352   
1,613   
4,044   

$

853   
1,064   
1,585   
3,295   

$

11,868   

$

11,075   

$

10,436   

$

8,686   

$

7,493   

$

8,869   

$

6,797   

$

678   
877   
1,362   
2,408   

5,325   

102

 
 
Table of Contents

(2) Included depreciation and amortization expenses as follows:

Dec. 31, 2019

Sept. 30,
2019

Jun. 30, 2019 Mar. 31, 2019

Dec. 31, 2018

Sept. 30,
2018

Jun. 30, 2018 Mar. 31, 2018

Quarter Ended

(unaudited, in thousands)

Cost of revenue
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative

$

$

3,384   
461   
2   
477   

$

2,602   
450   
2   
443   

$

2,504   
450   
1   
406   

$

2,366   
440   
1   
385   

$

2,129   
331   
6   
372   

$

2,021   
278   
30   
338   

$

1,864   
233   
30   
322   

Total depreciation and amortization

$

4,324   

$

3,497   

$

3,361   

$

3,192   

$

2,838   

$

2,667   

$

2,449   

$

1,794   
194   
29   
303   

2,320   

ITEM 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted

an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, as of
December 31, 2019.

Based on management’s evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2019, our disclosure

controls and procedures were designed, and were effective, to provide assurance at a reasonable level that the information we are required to disclose in
reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC rules and
forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required
disclosures.

In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how

well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In addition, the design of disclosure controls
and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and that management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the benefits of
possible controls and procedures relative to their costs.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and

15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2019 based on the criteria set forth in the 2013 Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of
the Treadway Commission. Based on the assessment, our management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of
December 31, 2019 to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance
with U.S. GAAP.

KPMG LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited our financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has

issued an attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting, which is included herein.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

During the three months ended December 31, 2019, there was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or

is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

103

 
Table of Contents

ITEM 9B. Other Information

None.

104

Table of Contents

ITEM 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

PART III

The information concerning our directors, compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, our Audit Committee and any changes to the process

by which stockholders may recommend nominees to the Board required by this Item are incorporated herein by reference to information contained in our
Proxy Statement for the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the year ended December 31, 2019, or the 2020
Proxy Statement, including “Proposal No 1. — Election of Directors,” “Corporate Governance” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting
Compliance.”

The information concerning our executive officers required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to information contained in the 2020

Proxy Statement including “Executive Officers.”

We have adopted a code of ethics and business conduct, or code of conduct, that applies to all employees, including our principal executive officers,

our principal financial officer, and all other executive officers. Our code of conduct is available on our website at http://investors.five9.com/corporate-
governance.cfm. We plan to post on our website at the address described above any future amendments or waivers of our code of conduct.

ITEM 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to information contained in the 2020 Proxy Statement, including

“Corporate Governance,” “Executive Compensation” and “Compensation of Directors.”

ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to information contained in the 2020 Proxy Statement, including “Security

Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information.”

ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to information contained in the 2020 Proxy Statement, including

“Corporate Governance” and “Transactions With Related Persons.”

ITEM 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to information contained in the 2020 Proxy Statement, including “Proposal

No. 4 — Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

105

Table of Contents

ITEM 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Report:

1. Consolidated Financial Statements

PART IV

The consolidated financial statements of Five9 and the report of independent registered public accounting firm thereon are set forth under Part II, Item 8

of this report.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

66

69

70

71

72

73

2. Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules

The Financial Statement Schedules not listed have been omitted because the information required to be set forth herein is included in ITEM 8 —

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data or they are not applicable or are not required.

3. Exhibits.

The following exhibits are filed with or incorporated by reference in this report. Where such filing is made by incorporation by reference to a

previously filed registration statement or report, such registration statement or report is identified in parentheses.

Exhibit Number

Exhibit Index

Description

  3.1Ø

  3.2Ø

  4.1Ø

  4.2Ø

  4.3Ø

4.4
10.1+Ø

10.2+Ø

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Five9, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K
filed with the SEC on April 10, 2014 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference herein).
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Five9, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on
April 10, 2014 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference herein).
Form of Common Stock Certificate (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1
filed with the SEC on March 24, 2014 (File No. 333-194258) and incorporated by reference herein).
Indenture between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, dated May 8, 2018 (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 8, 2018 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference
herein).

Form of 0.125% Convertible Senior Notes due 2023 (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the
SEC on May 8, 2018 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference herein).
Description of Registrant’s Securities.

Independent Contractor Agreement between the Registrant and Michael Burkland (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 8, 2017 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference herein).
Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers, as amended on July 31,
2015 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 5, 2015 (File No. 001-
36383) and incorporated by reference herein).

106

  
  
  
  
Table of Contents

Exhibit Number
10.3+Ø

10.4+Ø

10.5+Ø

10.6+Ø

10.7Ø

10.8+Ø

10.9+Ø

10.10+Ø

10.11+Ø

10.12+Ø

10.13+Ø

10.14+Ø

10.15+Ø

10.16+Ø

10.17+

10.18+
10.19+Ø

10.20Ø

Exhibit Index

Description

Confirmation Letter between the Registrant and Barry Zwarenstein (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on
Form S-1 filed with the SEC on March 3, 2014 (File No. 333-194258) and incorporated by reference herein).
Offer Letter between the Registrant and Dan Burkland and amendment (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement
on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on March 3, 2014 (File No. 333-194258) and incorporated by reference herein).
Offer Letter between the Registrant and Scott Welch (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the
SEC on March 10, 2015 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference herein).
Offer Letter between the Registrant and Rowan Trollope (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with
the SEC on May 1, 2018 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference herein).
Offer Letter between the Registrant and Ryan Kam (filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the
SEC on February 25, 2019 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference herein).
Offer Letter between the Registrant and James Doran (filed as Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with
the SEC on February 25, 2019 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference herein).
Offer Letter between the Registrant and David Pickering (filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed
with the SEC on February 25, 2019 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference herein).
Offer Letter between the Registrant and Jonathan Rosenberg (filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K
filed with the SEC on February 25, 2019 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference herein).
Five9, Inc. Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to Amendment No.2 to the Company’s Registration
Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on April 3, 2014 (File No. 333-194258) and incorporated by reference herein).
Amendment to Five9, Inc. Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, effective March 6, 2014 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 14, 2014 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference
herein).
Five9, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and related form agreements (filed as Exhibit 10.9 to Amendment No.1 to the Company’s
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on March 24, 2014 (File No. 333-194258) and incorporated by reference herein).
Five9, Inc. 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.10 to Amendment No.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on
Form S-1 filed with the SEC on March 24, 2014 (File No. 333-194258) and incorporated by reference herein).
Five9, Inc. 2019 Key Employee Severance Benefit Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report Form 8-K filed with the
SEC on April 9, 2019 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference herein).
Five9 Inc. 2018 Executive Bonus Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on
March 1, 2018 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference herein).
Five9 Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.

Five9 Inc. 2020 Executive Bonus Program.

Five9 Inc. 2019 Executive Bonus Program (filed as Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on
February 25, 2019 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference herein).
Office Lease for Bishop Ranch Building, dated December 16, 2011, between the Registrant and Alexander Properties Company and
First Lease Addendum dated October 24, 2012, Second Lease Addendum dated January 23, 2014, Third Lease Addendum dated April 3,
2017, Fourth Lease Addendum dated June 30, 2017, Fifth Lease Addendum dated January 3, 2018, Sixth Lease Addendum dated July 1,
2018 and Seventh Lease Addendum dated February 27, 2019 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-K
filed with the SEC on May 1, 2019 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference herein).

107

  
  
Table of Contents

Exhibit Number
10.21Ø

10.22Ø

21.1

23.1

24.1

31.1

31.2

32.1†

101.INS

101.SCH

101.CAL

101.DEF

101.LAB

101.PRE

104

Exhibit Index

Description
Equipment Lease Agreement, dated November 8, 2012, between the Registrant and Winmark Capital Corporation (filed as Exhibit 10.20
to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on March 3, 2014 (File No. 333-194258) and incorporated by
reference herein).
Form of Capped Call Confirmation (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 8,
2018 (File No. 001-36383) and incorporated by reference herein).
Subsidiaries of the Company.

Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

Power of Attorney (included on signature page to this Annual Report on Form 10-K).
Certification of Chief Executive Officer of Five9, Inc. Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of Chief Financial Officer of Five9, Inc. Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Five9, Inc. Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
XBRL Instance Document

XBRL Taxonomy Schema Linkbase Document

XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document

XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase Document

XBRL Taxonomy Labels Linkbase Document

XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document

Cover Page Interactive Data File. Formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101.

Ø Previously filed.
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
† The certifications attached as Exhibit 32.1 that accompany this Annual Report on Form 10-K, are not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission and are not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Five9, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, irrespective of any general incorporation
language contained in such filing.

ITEM 16. Form 10-K Summary

None.

108

  
  
  
  
Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

Date:

February 27, 2020

Five9, Inc.

 By:

/s/ Rowan Trollope

Rowan Trollope

Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that each individual whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Rowan Trollope and
Barry Zwarenstein, and each of them, severally, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with the power to act, with or without the other, with
full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in his or her capacity as a director or officer or both, as the
case may be, of the Company, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other
documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full
power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or
could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause
to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the

Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

/s/ Rowan Trollope

Rowan Trollope

/s/ Barry Zwarenstein

Barry Zwarenstein

/s/ Michael Burkland

Michael Burkland

/s/ Jack Acosta

Jack Acosta

/s/ Kimberly Alexy

Kimberly Alexy

/s/ Michael Burdiek

Michael Burdiek

/s/ David DeWalt

David DeWalt

/s/ David Welsh

David Welsh

/s/ Robert Zollars

Robert Zollars

Chief Executive Officer, Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

Chairman of the Board, Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director; Lead Independent Director

Director

109

Date

February 27, 2020

February 27, 2020

February 27, 2020

February 27, 2020

February 27, 2020

February 27, 2020

February 27, 2020

February 27, 2020

February 27, 2020

Exhibit 4.4

DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES

The following brief description of the capital stock of Five9, Inc. (“us”, “our”, “we”, or the “Company”) is a summary. This

summary is not complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of our Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation (“Certificate of Incorporation”), and our Amended and Restated Bylaws (“Bylaws”)
previously filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and incorporated by reference as an exhibit to this Annual
Report on Form 10-K of which this Exhibit 4.4 forms a part. We encourage you to read the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
carefully.

General

The Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Company may issue 455,000,000 shares of capital stock, of which
450,000,000 shares are designated as common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 5,000,000 shares are designated as of
preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on any matter to be voted upon by stockholders. The
Certificate of Incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting in connection with the election of directors, and accordingly,
holders of more than 50% of the shares voting will be able to elect all of the directors. The holders of a majority of the shares of
common stock issued and outstanding constitute a quorum at all meetings of stockholders for the transaction of business.

Dividends

The holders of our common stock are entitled to dividends if, as and when declared by our board of directors, from funds

legally available therefor, subject to the preferential rights of the holders of our preferred stock, if any, and certain contractual
limitations on our ability to declare and pay dividends.

Other Rights

No holder of our common stock has any preemptive right to subscribe for any shares of our capital stock issued in the

future.

Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of our affairs, the holders of our common stock

are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of creditors and subject to prior distribution rights of our preferred
stock, if any.

Preferred Stock

Our board of directors may, by resolution, establish one or more classes or series of preferred stock having the number of
shares and relative voting rights, designations, dividend rates, liquidation, and other rights, preferences, and limitations as may be
fixed by them without further stockholder

approval. The holders of our preferred stock may be entitled to preferences over common stockholders with respect to dividends,
liquidation, dissolution, or our winding up in such amounts as are established by the resolutions of our board of directors approving
the issuance of such shares.

The issuance of our preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us

without further action by our stockholders and may adversely affect voting and other rights of holders of our common stock. In
addition, issuance of preferred stock, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, financings and
other corporate purposes, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire a majority of our outstanding shares of voting
stock.

Certain Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL (“Section 203”). In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware
corporation from engaging in various “business combination” transactions with any interested stockholder for a period of three
years following the date of the transactions in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

•

•

•

the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder is
approved by the board of directors prior to the date the interested stockholder obtained such status;

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested
stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced
excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the
interested stockholder) those shares owned (a) by persons who are directors and also officers and (b) employee stock plans
in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will
be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

on or subsequent to such date the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or
special meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not
owned by the interested stockholder.

A “business combination” is defined to include mergers, asset sales, and other transactions resulting in financial benefit to a

stockholder. In general, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or within three
years, did own) 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or
change in control attempts with respect to our company and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us even though such a
transaction may offer our stockholders the opportunity to sell their stock at a price above the prevailing market price.

Certain Provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Provisions in the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control

or changes in our management. The Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

provide that our board of directors is classified into three classes of directors;

provide that stockholders may remove directors only for cause and only with the approval of holders of at least 66 2⁄3% of
our then outstanding capital stock;

provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors;

provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the
affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

provide that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, and may only take action at annual or special
meetings of our stockholders;

provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for
election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide notice in writing in a timely manner, and also specify
requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;

restrict the forum for certain litigation against us to Delaware;

do not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock
entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election);

provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board of directors, our chief
executive officer or the board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized
directors; and

provide that stockholders will be permitted to amend the Bylaws and certain parts of the Certificate of Incorporation only
upon receiving at least 66 2/3% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of all outstanding shares then entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Listing

Our common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “FIVN.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

Five9, Inc.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

Exhibit 10.17

Approved: February 11, 2020 (the “Adoption Date”)

Each member of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Five9, Inc. (the “Company”) who is not also serving as an employee of the Company
or any of its subsidiaries (each such non-employee member, a “Director”) will receive the following compensation for his or her Board service,
unless and until changed by the Board.

Annual Cash Compensation

The cash compensation amounts set forth below are payable in equal quarterly installments, in arrears on the last day of each fiscal quarter in
which the service occurred (each, a “Quarter”). For any partial Quarter of service, the applicable quarterly amount will be pro-rated based on
days in service. All amounts are vested at payment.

1. Annual Board Service Retainer:

a. All Directors: $30,000

2. Annual Chair Service Fee:

a. Chairman of the Board: $15,000
b. Lead Independent Director: $15,000
c. Chairman of the Audit Committee: $20,000
d. Chairman of the Compensation Committee: $13,500
e. Chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee: $8,500

3. Annual Committee Member (non-Chair) Service Fee:

a. Audit Committee: $8,500
b. Compensation Committee: $5,000
c. Nominating and Governance Committee: $4,000

Equity Compensation

The  equity  compensation  set  forth  below  will  be  granted  under  the  Company’s  2014  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (the  “Plan”).  The  grant  sizes
indicated  below  will  be  subject  to  the  limitation  in  the  Plan  on  the  number  of  awards  that  can  be  granted  in  a  calendar  year  to  any  one
individual or director and, for the avoidance of doubt, are converted from dollar amounts to Company shares solely pursuant to the formula in
this policy and not pursuant to the formula in the Company’s Equity Award Grant Policy that is applicable to grants to Company employees and
consultants. All unvested outstanding stock awards granted under this policy will become fully vested as of immediately prior to a Change in
Control (as defined in the Plan).

New Director RSU Grant: For any individual who first becomes a Director after the date hereof (other than as a result of an employee
director transitioning to become a non-employee director, and other than any individual who first becomes a Director at the Company’s Annual
Meeting), on the effective date on which the Director joins the Board (the “Service Effective Date”), he or she will be granted, automatically,
and without further action by the Board, an RSU for a number of shares equal to (i) the Pro Rated Amount, divided by (ii) the Fair Market
Value (as defined in the Plan) of a share of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, rounded down for any partial share (the “New
Director Grant”). The New Director Grant will vest in full in one installment on the earlier to occur of (i) the first anniversary of the date of the
Company’s last Annual Meeting immediately preceding the date

of  grant,  and  (ii)  immediately  prior  to  the  Company’s  next  succeeding  Annual  Meeting  after  the  date  of  grant,  subject  to  the  Director’s
continued service through such vesting date. The “Pro Rated Amount” shall mean the product of $185,000 and a ratio, the numerator of which
is  twelve  (12)  minus  the  number  of  full  months  that  have  elapsed  between  the  date  the  immediately  prior  Annual  Grants  were  made  to  the
Company’s current Directors (including such date) and the Service Effective Date (but excluding such date), based on a month of 30 days and
with the 15th day being rounded up, and the denominator of which is twelve (12).

Annual RSU Grant: On the date of each annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders at which directors are regularly elected (each,
an “Annual Meeting”), each Director will be granted, automatically, and without further action by the Board, an RSU for a number of shares
equal to (i) $185,000, divided by (ii) the Fair Market Value, rounded down for any partial share (the “Annual Grant”). The Annual Grant will
vest in full in one installment on the earlier to occur of (i) the first anniversary of the grant date, and (ii) immediately prior to the Company’s
next succeeding Annual Meeting, subject to the Director’s continued service through such vesting date.

Exhibit 10.18

Five9, Inc.
2020 Executive Bonus Program

On February 10, 2020, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Compensation Committee”) of Five9,

Inc. (the “Company”) approved performance targets for the year ending December 31, 2020 that will be used to determine the
amount of cash bonus awards that may be earned, on a semi-annual basis, by the Company’s Section 16 officers pursuant to the
Company’s 2020 bonus program (the “2020 Bonus Program”).

Funding of the 2020 Bonus Program will be based upon the Company’s financial performance and each officer’s individual

performance for each half of the year ending December 31, 2020, using a weighting of 80% for the Company’s financial
performance and 20% for individual performance for each executive officer other than our (i) Chief Executive Officer, (ii)
President, and (iii) Chief Marketing Officer. Our Chief Executive Officer’s bonus will be funded 100% based upon the Company’s
financial performance. Our President’s bonus will be funded 75% based on sales commissions, 18.75% based on the Company’s
financial performance, and 6.25% based on his individual performance. Our Chief Marketing Officer’s bonus will be funded 50%
based on the Company’s financial performance and 50% based on his individual performance. Financial performance will be based
upon the Company’s achievement of predetermined revenue and adjusted EBITDA targets using a weighting of 75% for
performance achieved against the revenue target and 25% for performance achieved against the adjusted EBITDA target.
Achievement below 90% of the revenue target or 80% of the adjusted EBITDA target would result in no cash payout with respect
to such target. Achievement up to 125% of the revenue target would result in increasing payouts up to a maximum payout of 150%
of the portion of the target bonus allocated to the revenue target. Achievement up to 150% of the adjusted EBITDA target would
result in increasing payouts up to a maximum payout of 150% of the portion of the target bonus allocated to the adjusted EBITDA
target. In the event that the Company’s actual adjusted EBITDA is below 80% of the adjusted EBITDA target, the maximum cash
payout for achieving the revenue target will be 100% of the revenue target bonus.

Below are the annual target bonus levels under the 2020 Bonus Program for the Company’s named executive officers:

Name
Rowan Trollope
Barry Zwarenstein
Scott Welch
Ryan Kam
James Doran

Annual Target Bonus
(USD)
661,250
300,000
216,600
187,200
231,075

$
$
$
$
$

Annual Target Bonus as a Percentage of
Base Salary
113% 
75% 
60% 
60% 
65% 

 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 21.1

Entity Name

Five9.ru

Five9 Philippines Inc.

Five9 Acquisition LLC

Five9 Inc. Ireland Limited

Five9 India Private Limited

Five9, Inc. UK Limited

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

Jurisdiction

Russia

Philippines

Delaware

Ireland

India

United Kingdom

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Exhibit 23.1

The Board of Directors
Five9, Inc.:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement (Nos. 333-195037, 333-204145, 333-209918, 333-216332, 333-
223362, and 333-229845) on Form S-8 of Five9, Inc. (the “Company”) of our report dated February 27, 2020, with respect to the consolidated
balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive
loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes
(collectively, the “consolidated financial statements”), and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2019, which report appears in the December 31, 2019 annual report on Form 10-K of the Company. Our report refers to changes to the method
of accounting for revenue from contracts with customers and sales commissions as of January 1, 2018 and accounting for leases as of January
1, 2019

/s/ KPMG LLP
San Francisco, California
February 27, 2020

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 31.1

I, Rowan Trollope, certify that:

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Five9, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2019;

1.
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the

statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the

financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange
Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the
registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure
that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities,
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision,
to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness

of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal
quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect,
the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the

registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably

likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over

financial reporting.

Date:

February 27, 2020

 By:

/s/ Rowan Trollope

Rowan Trollope

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 31.2

I, Barry Zwarenstein, certify that:

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Five9, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2019;

1.
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the

statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the

financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange
Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the
registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure
that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities,
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision,
to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness

of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal
quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect,
the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the

registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably

likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over

financial reporting.

Date:

February 27, 2020

By:

/s/ Barry Zwarenstein

Barry Zwarenstein

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

 
Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Rowan Trollope, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual

Report of Five9, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents in all material respects the
financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date:

February 27, 2020

 By:

/s/ Rowan Trollope

Rowan Trollope

Chief Executive Officer

I, Barry Zwarenstein, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the

Annual Report of Five9, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 fully complies with the requirements of
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents in all
material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date:

February 27, 2020

 By:

/s/ Barry Zwarenstein

Barry Zwarenstein

Chief Financial Officer

This certification accompanies the Form 10-K to which it relates, is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be
incorporated by reference into any filing of Five9, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(whether made before or after the date of the Form 10-K), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.